Difference between revisions of "Directory:Jon Awbrey/Papers/Differential Logic : Introduction"

MyWikiBiz, Author Your Legacy — Monday November 25, 2024
Jump to navigationJump to search
(MathJax just keeps on sucking ...)
 
(88 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:
 
{{DISPLAYTITLE:Differential Logic : Introduction}}
 
{{DISPLAYTITLE:Differential Logic : Introduction}}
'''Differential logic''' is the component of logic whose object is the description of variation for example, the aspects of change, difference, distribution, and diversity in [[universes of discourse]] that are subject to logical description.  In formal logic, differential logic treats the principles that govern the use of a ''differential logical calculus'', that is, a formal system with the expressive capacity to describe change and diversity in logical universes of discourse.
+
'''Author: [[User:Jon Awbrey|Jon Awbrey]]'''
 +
 
 +
'''Differential logic''' is the component of logic whose object is the description of variation — for example, the aspects of change, difference, distribution, and diversity — in [[universes of discourse]] that are subject to logical description.  A definition that broad naturally incorporates any study of variation by way of mathematical models, but differential logic is especially charged with the qualitative aspects of variation that pervade or precede quantitative models.  To the extent that a logical inquiry makes use of a formal system, its differential component treats the principles that govern the use of a ''differential logical calculus'', that is, a formal system with the expressive capacity to describe change and diversity in a logical universe of discourse.
  
 
A simple example of a differential logical calculus is furnished by a ''[[differential propositional calculus]]''.  A differential propositional calculus is a [[propositional calculus]] extended by a set of terms for describing aspects of change and difference, for example, processes that take place in a universe of discourse or transformations that map a source universe into a target universe.  This augments ordinary propositional calculus in the same way that the differential calculus of Leibniz and Newton augments the analytic geometry of Descartes.
 
A simple example of a differential logical calculus is furnished by a ''[[differential propositional calculus]]''.  A differential propositional calculus is a [[propositional calculus]] extended by a set of terms for describing aspects of change and difference, for example, processes that take place in a universe of discourse or transformations that map a source universe into a target universe.  This augments ordinary propositional calculus in the same way that the differential calculus of Leibniz and Newton augments the analytic geometry of Descartes.
Line 6: Line 8:
 
==Quick Overview==
 
==Quick Overview==
  
One of the first things that you can do, once you have a moderately efficient calculus for boolean functions or propositional logic, whatever you choose to call it, is to start thinking about, and even start computing, the differentials of these functions or propositions.
+
===Cactus Language for Propositional Logic===
  
Let us start with a proposition of the form <math>p ~\operatorname{and}~ q</math> that is graphed as two labels attached to a root node:
+
The development of differential logic is greatly facilitated by having a conceptually efficient calculus in place at the level of [[boolean-valued functions]] and elementary logical propositions.  A calculus that is very efficient from both conceptual and computational standpoints is based on just two types of logical connectives, both of variable <math>k\!</math>-ary scope.  The formulas of this calculus map into a species of graph-theoretical structures called ''painted and rooted cacti'' (PARCs) that lend visual representation to their functional structure and smooth the path to efficient computation.
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Existential P And Q.jpg|500px]]
+
| The first kind of propositional expression is a parenthesized sequence of propositional expressions, written as <math>\texttt{(} e_1 \texttt{,} e_2 \texttt{,} \ldots \texttt{,} e_{k-1} \texttt{,} e_k \texttt{)}\!</math> and read to say that exactly one of the propositions <math>e_1, e_2, \ldots, e_{k-1}, e_k\!</math> is false, in other words, that their [[minimal negation]] is true.  A clause of this form maps into a PARC structure called a ''lobe'', in this case, one that is ''painted'' with the colors <math>e_1, e_2, \ldots, e_{k-1}, e_k\!</math> as shown below.
 
|}
 
|}
 
Written as a string, this is just the concatenation <math>p~q</math>.
 
 
The proposition <math>pq\!</math> may be taken as a boolean function <math>f(p, q)\!</math> having the abstract type <math>f : \mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B},</math> where <math>\mathbb{B} = \{ 0, 1 \}</math> is read in such a way that <math>0\!</math> means <math>\operatorname{false}</math> and <math>1\!</math> means <math>\operatorname{true}.</math>
 
 
In this style of graphical representation, the value <math>\operatorname{true}</math> looks like a blank label and the value <math>\operatorname{false}</math> looks like an edge.
 
  
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Existential True.jpg|500px]]
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Lobe Connective.jpg|500px]]
 
|}
 
|}
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Existential False.jpg|500px]]
+
| The second kind of propositional expression is a concatenated sequence of propositional expressions, written as <math>e_1\ e_2\ \ldots\ e_{k-1}\ e_k\!</math> and read to say that all of the propositions <math>e_1, e_2, \ldots, e_{k-1}, e_k\!</math> are true, in other words, that their [[logical conjunction]] is true.  A clause of this form maps into a PARC structure called a ''node'', in this case, one that is ''painted'' with the colors <math>e_1, e_2, \ldots, e_{k-1}, e_k\!</math> as shown below.
 
|}
 
|}
 
Back to the proposition <math>pq.\!</math>  Imagine yourself standing in a fixed cell of the corresponding venn diagram, say, the cell where the proposition <math>pq\!</math> is true, as shown in the following Figure:
 
  
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
| [[Image:Venn Diagram P And Q.jpg|500px]]
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Node Connective.jpg|500px]]
 
|}
 
|}
  
Now ask yourself: What is the value of the proposition <math>pq\!</math> at a distance of <math>\operatorname{d}p</math> and <math>\operatorname{d}q</math> from the cell <math>pq\!</math> where you are standing?
+
All other propositional connectives can be obtained through combinations of these two forms. Strictly speaking, the parenthesized form is sufficient to define the concatenated form, making the latter formally dispensable, but it is convenient to maintain it as a concise way of expressing more complicated combinations of parenthesized forms.  While working with expressions solely in propositional calculus, it is easiest to use plain parentheses for logical connectives.  In contexts where ordinary parentheses are needed for other purposes an alternate typeface <math>\texttt{(} \ldots \texttt{)}\!</math> may be used for logical operators.
  
Don't think about it &mdash; just compute:
+
Table&nbsp;1 collects a sample of basic propositional forms as expressed in terms of cactus language connectives.
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
+
<br>
| [[Image:Cactus Graph (P,dP)(Q,dQ).jpg|500px]]
 
|}
 
  
The cactus formula <math>\texttt{(p, dp)(q, dq)}</math> and its corresponding graph arise by substituting <math>p + \operatorname{d}p</math> for <math>p\!</math> and <math>q + \operatorname{d}q</math> for <math>q\!</math> in the boolean product or logical conjunction <math>pq\!</math> and writing the result in the two dialects of cactus syntax.  This follows from the fact that the boolean sum <math>p + \operatorname{d}p</math> is equivalent to the logical operation of exclusive disjunction, which parses to a cactus graph of the following form:
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
 
+
|+ <math>\text{Table 1.}~~\text{Syntax and Semantics of a Calculus for Propositional Logic}\!</math>
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
+
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
| [[Image:Cactus Graph (P,dP).jpg|500px]]
+
| <math>\text{Graph}\!</math>
|}
+
| <math>\text{Expression}~\!</math>
 
+
| <math>\text{Interpretation}\!</math>
Next question:  What is the difference between the value of the
+
| <math>\text{Other Notations}\!</math>
proposition <math>pq\!</math> over there, at a distance of <math>\operatorname{d}p</math> and <math>\operatorname{d}q,</math> and the value of the proposition <math>pq\!</math> where you are standing, all expressed in the form of a general formula, of course?  Here is the appropriate formulation:
+
|-
 
+
| height="100px" | [[Image:Rooted Node.jpg|20px]]
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
+
| <math>~\!</math>
| [[Image:Cactus Graph ((P,dP)(Q,dQ),PQ).jpg|500px]]
+
| <math>\mathrm{true}\!</math>
|}
+
| <math>1\!</math>
 
+
|-
There is one thing that I ought to mention at this point:  Computed over <math>\mathbb{B},</math> plus and minus are identical operations.  This will make the relation between the differential and the integral parts of the appropriate calculus slightly stranger than usual, but we will get into that later.
+
| height="100px" | [[Image:Rooted Edge.jpg|20px]]
 
+
| <math>\texttt{(}~\texttt{)}\!</math>
Last question, for now:  What is the value of this expression from your current standpoint, that is, evaluated at the point where <math>pq\!</math> is true?  Well, substituting <math>1\!</math> for <math>p\!</math> and <math>1\!</math> for <math>q\!</math> in the graph amounts to erasing the labels <math>p\!</math> and <math>q\!,</math> as shown here:
+
| <math>\mathrm{false}\!</math>
 
+
| <math>0\!</math>
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
+
|-
| [[Image:Cactus Graph (( ,dP)( ,dQ), ).jpg|500px]]
+
| height="100px" | [[Image:Cactus A Big.jpg|20px]]
|}
+
| <math>a\!</math>
 
+
| <math>a\!</math>
And this is equivalent to the following graph:
+
| <math>a\!</math>
 
+
|-
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
+
| height="120px" | [[Image:Cactus (A) Big.jpg|20px]]
| [[Image:Cactus Graph ((dP)(dQ)).jpg|500px]]
+
| <math>\texttt{(} a \texttt{)}\!</math>
|}
+
| <math>\mathrm{not}~ a\!</math>
 
+
| <math>\lnot a \quad \bar{a} \quad \tilde{a} \quad a^\prime~\!</math>
==Note 2==
+
|-
 
+
| height="100px" | [[Image:Cactus ABC Big.jpg|50px]]
We have just met with the fact that the differential of the '''''and''''' is the '''''or''''' of the differentials.
+
| <math>a ~ b ~ c\!</math>
 
+
| <math>a ~\mathrm{and}~ b ~\mathrm{and}~ c\!</math>
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
+
| <math>a \land b \land c\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
| height="160px" | [[Image:Cactus ((A)(B)(C)) Big.jpg|65px]]
 +
| <math>\texttt{((} a \texttt{)(} b \texttt{)(} c \texttt{))}\!</math>
 +
| <math>a ~\mathrm{or}~ b ~\mathrm{or}~ c\!</math>
 +
| <math>a \lor b \lor c\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
| height="120px" | [[Image:Cactus (A(B)) Big.jpg|60px]]
 +
| <math>\texttt{(} a \texttt{(} b \texttt{))}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
p ~\operatorname{and}~ q
+
a ~\mathrm{implies}~ b
& \quad &
+
\\[6pt]
\xrightarrow{\quad\operatorname{Diff}\quad}
+
\mathrm{if}~ a ~\mathrm{then}~ b
& \quad &
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\operatorname{d}p ~\operatorname{or}~ \operatorname{d}q
+
| <math>a \Rightarrow b\!</math>
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|}
 
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 
| [[Image:Cactus Graph PQ Diff ((dP)(dQ)).jpg|500px]]
 
|}
 
 
 
It will be necessary to develop a more refined analysis of that statement directly, but that is roughly the nub of it.
 
 
 
If the form of the above statement reminds you of De&nbsp;Morgan's rule, it is no accident, as differentiation and negation turn out to be closely related operations.  Indeed, one can find discussions of logical difference calculus in the Boole&ndash;De&nbsp;Morgan correspondence and Peirce also made use of differential operators in a logical context, but the exploration of these ideas has been hampered by a number of factors, not the least of which has been the lack of a syntax that was adequate to handle the complexity of expressions that evolve.
 
 
 
Let us run through the initial example again, this time attempting to interpret the formulas that develop at each stage along the way.
 
 
 
We begin with a proposition or a boolean function <math>f(p, q) = pq.\!</math>
 
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 
| [[Image:Venn Diagram F = P And Q.jpg|500px]]
 
 
|-
 
|-
| [[Image:Cactus Graph F = P And Q.jpg|500px]]
+
| height="120px" | [[Image:Cactus (A,B) Big ISW.jpg|65px]]
|}
+
| <math>\texttt{(} a \texttt{,} b \texttt{)}\!</math>
 
+
|
A function like this has an abstract type and a concrete type.  The abstract type is what we invoke when we write things like <math>f : \mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B}</math> or <math>f : \mathbb{B}^2 \to \mathbb{B}.</math>  The concrete type takes into account the qualitative dimensions or the "units" of the case, which can be explained as follows.
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
+
a ~\mathrm{not~equal~to}~ b
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
+
\\[6pt]
| Let <math>P\!</math> be the set of values <math>\{ \texttt{(} p \texttt{)},~ p \} ~=~ \{ \operatorname{not}~ p,~ p \} ~\cong~ \mathbb{B}.</math>
+
a ~\mathrm{exclusive~or}~ b
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
a \neq b
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
a + b
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
| Let <math>Q\!</math> be the set of values <math>\{ \texttt{(} q \texttt{)},~ q \} ~=~ \{ \operatorname{not}~ q,~ q \} ~\cong~ \mathbb{B}.</math>
+
| height="160px" | [[Image:Cactus ((A,B)) Big.jpg|65px]]
|}
+
| <math>\texttt{((} a \texttt{,} b \texttt{))}\!</math>
 
+
|
Then interpret the usual propositions about <math>p, q\!</math> as functions of the concrete type <math>f : P \times Q \to \mathbb{B}.</math>
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
+
a ~\mathrm{is~equal~to}~ b
We are going to consider various ''operators'' on these functions.  Here, an operator <math>\operatorname{F}</math> is a function that takes one function <math>f\!</math> into another function <math>\operatorname{F}f.</math>
+
\\[6pt]
 
+
a ~\mathrm{if~and~only~if}~ b
The first couple of operators that we need to consider are logical analogues of the pair that play a founding role in the classical finite difference calculus, namely:
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
+
|
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
| The ''difference operator'' <math>\Delta,\!</math> written here as <math>\operatorname{D}.</math>
+
a = b
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
a \Leftrightarrow b
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
| The ''enlargement" operator'' <math>\Epsilon,\!</math> written here as <math>\operatorname{E}.</math>
+
| height="120px" | [[Image:Cactus (A,B,C) Big.jpg|65px]]
|}
+
| <math>\texttt{(} a \texttt{,} b \texttt{,} c \texttt{)}\!</math>
 
 
These days, <math>\operatorname{E}</math> is more often called the ''shift operator''.
 
 
 
In order to describe the universe in which these operators operate, it is necessary to enlarge the original universe of discourse.  Starting from the initial space <math>X = P \times Q,</math> its ''(first order) differential extension'' <math>\operatorname{E}X</math> is constructed according to the following specifications:
 
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{array}{rcc}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{E}X & = & X \times \operatorname{d}X
+
\mathrm{just~one~of}
\end{array}</math>
+
\\
|}
+
a, b, c
 
+
\\
where:
+
\mathrm{is~false}.
 
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{array}{rcc}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
X
+
& \bar{a} ~ b ~ c
& = &
+
\\
P \times Q
+
\lor & a ~ \bar{b} ~ c
\\[4pt]
+
\\
\operatorname{d}X
+
\lor & a ~ b ~ \bar{c}
& = &
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\operatorname{d}P \times \operatorname{d}Q
+
|-
\\[4pt]
+
| height="160px" | [[Image:Cactus ((A),(B),(C)) Big.jpg|65px]]
\operatorname{d}P
+
| <math>\texttt{((} a \texttt{),(} b \texttt{),(} c \texttt{))}\!</math>
& = &
 
\{ \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)},~ \operatorname{d}p \}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{d}Q
 
& = &
 
\{ \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)},~ \operatorname{d}q \}
 
\end{array}</math>
 
|}
 
 
 
The interpretations of these new symbols can be diverse, but the easiest
 
option for now is just to say that <math>\operatorname{d}p</math> means "change <math>p\!</math>" and <math>\operatorname{d}q</math> means "change <math>q\!</math>".
 
 
 
Drawing a venn diagram for the differential extension <math>\operatorname{E}X = X \times \operatorname{d}X</math> requires four logical dimensions, <math>P, Q, \operatorname{d}P, \operatorname{d}Q,</math> but it is possible to project a suggestion of what the differential features <math>\operatorname{d}p</math> and <math>\operatorname{d}q</math> are about on the 2-dimensional base space <math>X = P \times Q</math> by drawing arrows that cross the boundaries of the basic circles in the venn diagram for <math>X\!,</math> reading an arrow as <math>\operatorname{d}p</math> if it crosses the boundary between <math>p\!</math> and <math>\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}</math> in either direction and reading an arrow as <math>\operatorname{d}q</math> if it crosses the boundary between <math>q\!</math> and <math>\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}</math> in either direction.
 
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 
| [[Image:Venn Diagram P Q dP dQ.jpg|500px]]
 
|}
 
 
 
Propositions are formed on differential variables, or any combination of ordinary logical variables and differential logical variables, in the same ways that propositions are formed on ordinary logical variables alone.  For example, the proposition <math>\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{))}</math> says the same thing as  <math>\operatorname{d}p \Rightarrow \operatorname{d}q,</math> in other words, that there is no change in <math>p\!</math> without a change in <math>q.\!</math>
 
 
 
==Note 3==
 
 
 
Given the proposition <math>f(p, q)\!</math> over the space <math>X = P \times Q,</math> the ''(first order) enlargement'' of <math>f\!</math> is the proposition <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> over the differential extension <math>\operatorname{E}X</math> that is defined by the
 
following formula:
 
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{E}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
+
\mathrm{just~one~of}
& = &
+
\\
f(p + \operatorname{d}p,~ q + \operatorname{d}q)
+
a, b, c
& = &
+
\\
f( \texttt{(} p, \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)},~ \texttt{(} q, \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} )
+
\mathrm{is~true}.
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\\[6pt]
|}
+
\mathrm{partition~all}
 
+
\\
In the example <math>f(p, q) = pq,\!</math> the enlargement <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> is computed as follows:
+
\mathrm{into}~ a, b, c.
 
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{E}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
+
& a ~ \bar{b} ~ \bar{c}
& = &
+
\\
(p + \operatorname{d}p)(q + \operatorname{d}q)
+
\lor & \bar{a} ~ b ~ \bar{c}
& = &
+
\\
\texttt{(} p, \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)(} q, \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
+
\lor & \bar{a} ~ \bar{b} ~ c
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
| height="160px" | [[Image:Cactus (A,(B,C)) Big.jpg|90px]]
 +
| <math>\texttt{(} a \texttt{,(} b \texttt{,} c \texttt{))}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\mathrm{oddly~many~of}
 +
\\
 +
a, b, c
 +
\\
 +
\mathrm{are~true}.
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<p><math>a + b + c\!</math></p>
 +
<br>
 +
<p><math>\begin{matrix}
 +
& a ~ b ~ c
 +
\\
 +
\lor & a ~ \bar{b} ~ \bar{c}
 +
\\
 +
\lor & \bar{a} ~ b ~ \bar{c}
 +
\\
 +
\lor & \bar{a} ~ \bar{b} ~ c
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math></p>
 
|-
 
|-
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef = (P,dP)(Q,dQ).jpg|500px]]
+
| height="160px" | [[Image:Cactus (X,(A),(B),(C)) Big.jpg|90px]]
 +
| <math>\texttt{(} x \texttt{,(} a \texttt{),(} b \texttt{),(} c \texttt{))}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\mathrm{partition}~ x
 +
\\
 +
\mathrm{into}~ a, b, c.
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
\mathrm{genus}~ x ~\mathrm{comprises}
 +
\\
 +
\mathrm{species}~ a, b, c.
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
& \bar{x} ~ \bar{a} ~ \bar{b} ~ \bar{c}
 +
\\
 +
\lor & x ~ a ~ \bar{b} ~ \bar{c}
 +
\\
 +
\lor & x ~ \bar{a} ~ b ~ \bar{c}
 +
\\
 +
\lor & x ~ \bar{a} ~ \bar{b} ~ c
 +
\end{matrix}~\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
Given the proposition <math>f(p, q)\!</math> over <math>X = P \times Q,</math> the ''(first order) difference'' of <math>f\!</math> is the proposition <math>\operatorname{D}f</math> over <math>\operatorname{E}X</math> that is defined by the formula <math>\operatorname{D}f = \operatorname{E}f - f,</math> or, written out in full:
+
<br>
 +
 
 +
The simplest expression for logical truth is the empty word, usually denoted by <math>\boldsymbol\varepsilon\!</math> or <math>\lambda\!</math> in formal languages, where it forms the identity element for concatenation.  To make it visible in context, it may be denoted by the equivalent expression <math>{}^{\backprime\backprime} \texttt{((}~\texttt{))} {}^{\prime\prime},\!</math> or, especially if operating in an algebraic context, by a simple <math>{}^{\backprime\backprime} 1 {}^{\prime\prime}.\!</math> Also when working in an algebraic mode, the plus sign <math>{}^{\backprime\backprime} + {}^{\prime\prime}\!</math> may be used for [[exclusive disjunction]].  For example, we have the following paraphrases of algebraic expressions by means of parenthesized expressions:
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" style="text-align:center"
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{D}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
+
a + b
& = &
 
f(p + \operatorname{d}p,~ q + \operatorname{d}q) - f(p, q)
 
 
& = &
 
& = &
\texttt{(} f( \texttt{(} p, \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)},~ \texttt{(} q, \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} ),~ f(p, q) \texttt{)}
+
\texttt{(} a \texttt{,} b \texttt{)}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
|}
+
|-
 
 
In the example <math>f(p, q) = pq,\!</math> the difference <math>\operatorname{D}f</math> is computed as follows:
 
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{D}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
+
a + b + c
& = &
 
(p + \operatorname{d}p)(q + \operatorname{d}q) - pq
 
 
& = &
 
& = &
\texttt{((} p, \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)(} q, \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}, pq \texttt{)}
+
\texttt{(} a \texttt{,(} b \texttt{,} c \texttt{))}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
& = &
|-
+
\texttt{((} a \texttt{,} b \texttt{),} c \texttt{)}
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df = ((P,dP)(Q,dQ),PQ).jpg|500px]]
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
We did not yet go through the trouble to interpret this (first order) ''difference of conjunction'' fully, but were happy simply to evaluate it with respect to a single location in the universe of discourse, namely, at the point picked out by the singular proposition <math>pq,\!</math> that is, at the place where <math>p = 1\!</math> and <math>q = 1.\!</math>  This evaluation is written in the form <math>\operatorname{D}f|_{pq}</math> or <math>\operatorname{D}f|_{(1, 1)},</math> and we arrived at the locally applicable law that is stated and illustrated as follows:
+
It is important to note that the last expressions are not equivalent to the 3-place parenthesis <math>\texttt{(} a \texttt{,} b \texttt{,} c \texttt{)}.\!</math>
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
+
===Differential Expansions of Propositions===
|
+
 
<math>f(p, q) ~=~ pq ~=~ p ~\operatorname{and}~ q \quad \Rightarrow \quad \operatorname{D}f|_{pq} ~=~ \texttt{((} \operatorname{dp} \texttt{)(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{))} ~=~ \operatorname{d}p ~\operatorname{or}~ \operatorname{d}q</math>
+
====Bird's Eye View====
|-
+
 
| [[Image:Venn Diagram PQ Difference Conj At Conj.jpg|500px]]
+
An efficient calculus for the realm of logic represented by boolean functions and elementary propositions makes it feasible to compute the finite differences and the differentials of those functions and propositions.
|-
 
| [[Image:Cactus Graph PQ Difference Conj At Conj.jpg|500px]]
 
|}
 
  
The picture shows the analysis of the inclusive disjunction <math>\texttt{((} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{))}</math> into the following exclusive disjunction:
+
For example, consider a proposition of the form <math>{}^{\backprime\backprime} \, p ~\mathrm{and}~ q \, {}^{\prime\prime}\!</math> that is graphed as two letters attached to a root node:
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
|
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Existential P And Q.jpg|500px]]
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
\operatorname{d}p ~\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 
& + &
 
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}~ \operatorname{d}q
 
& + &
 
\operatorname{d}p ~\operatorname{d}q
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
The differential proposition that results may be interpreted to say "change <math>p\!</math> or change <math>q\!</math> or both".  And this can be recognized as just what you need to do if you happen to find yourself in the center cell and require a complete and detailed description of ways to escape it.
+
Written as a string, this is just the concatenation <math>p~q\!</math>.
  
==Note 4==
+
The proposition <math>pq\!</math> may be taken as a boolean function <math>f(p, q)\!</math> having the abstract type <math>f : \mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B},\!</math> where <math>\mathbb{B} = \{ 0, 1 \}~\!</math> is read in such a way that <math>0\!</math> means <math>\mathrm{false}\!</math> and <math>1\!</math> means <math>\mathrm{true}.\!</math>
  
Last time we computed what is variously called the ''difference map'', the ''difference proposition'', or the ''local proposition'' <math>\operatorname{D}f_x</math> of the proposition <math>f(p, q) = pq\!</math> at the point <math>x\!</math> where <math>p = 1\!</math> and <math>q = 1.\!</math>
+
Imagine yourself standing in a fixed cell of the corresponding venn diagram, say, the cell where the proposition <math>pq\!</math> is true, as shown in the following Figure:
  
In the universe <math>X = P \times Q,</math> the four propositions <math>pq,~ p \texttt{(} q \texttt{)},~ \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} q,~ \texttt{(} p \texttt{)(} q \texttt{)}</math> that indicate the "cells", or the smallest regions of the venn diagram, are called ''singular propositions''.  These serve as an alternative notation for naming the points <math>(1, 1),~ (1, 0),~ (0, 1),~ (0, 0),\!</math> respectively.
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 +
| [[Image:Venn Diagram P And Q.jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
  
Thus we can write <math>\operatorname{D}f_x = \operatorname{D}f|x = \operatorname{D}f|(1, 1) = \operatorname{D}f|pq,</math> so long as we know the frame of reference in force.
+
Now ask yourself:  What is the value of the proposition <math>pq\!</math> at a distance of <math>\mathrm{d}p\!</math> and <math>\mathrm{d}q\!</math> from the cell <math>pq\!</math> where you are standing?
  
In the example <math>f(p, q) = pq,\!</math> the value of the difference proposition <math>\operatorname{D}f_x</math> at each of the four points in <math>x \in X\!</math> may be computed in graphical fashion as shown below:
+
Don't think about it &mdash; just compute:
  
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df = ((P,dP)(Q,dQ),PQ).jpg|500px]]
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph (P,dP)(Q,dQ).jpg|500px]]
|-
 
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df@PQ = ((dP)(dQ)).jpg|500px]]
 
|-
 
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df@P(Q) = (dP)dQ.jpg|500px]]
 
|-
 
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df@(P)Q = dP(dQ).jpg|500px]]
 
|-
 
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df@(P)(Q) = dP dQ.jpg|500px]]
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
The easy way to visualize the values of these graphical expressions is just to notice the following equivalents:
+
The cactus formula <math>\texttt{(p, dp)(q, dq)}\!</math> and its corresponding graph arise by substituting <math>p + \mathrm{d}p\!</math> for <math>p\!</math> and <math>q + \mathrm{d}q\!</math> for <math>q\!</math> in the boolean product or logical conjunction <math>pq\!</math> and writing the result in the two dialects of cactus syntax.  This follows from the fact that the boolean sum <math>p + \mathrm{d}p\!</math> is equivalent to the logical operation of exclusive disjunction, which parses to a cactus graph of the following form:
  
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Lobe Rule.jpg|500px]]
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph (P,dP) ISW.jpg|500px]]
|-
+
|}
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Spike Rule.jpg|500px]]
+
 
 +
Next question:  What is the difference between the value of the proposition <math>pq\!</math> over there, at a distance of <math>\mathrm{d}p\!</math> and <math>\mathrm{d}q,\!</math> and the value of the proposition <math>pq\!</math> where you are standing, all expressed in the form of a general formula, of course?  Here is the appropriate formulation:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph ((P,dP)(Q,dQ),PQ).jpg|500px]]
 
|}
 
|}
  
Laying out the arrows on the augmented venn diagram, one gets a picture of a ''differential vector field''.
+
There is one thing that I ought to mention at this point:  Computed over <math>\mathbb{B},\!</math> plus and minus are identical operations.  This will make the relation between the differential and the integral parts of the appropriate calculus slightly stranger than usual, but we will get into that later.
 +
 
 +
Last question, for now:  What is the value of this expression from your current standpoint, that is, evaluated at the point where <math>pq\!</math> is true?  Well, substituting <math>1\!</math> for <math>p\!</math> and <math>1\!</math> for <math>q\!</math> in the graph amounts to erasing the labels <math>p\!</math> and <math>q\!,\!</math> as shown here:
  
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
| [[Image:Venn Diagram PQ Difference Conj.jpg|500px]]
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph (( ,dP)( ,dQ), ).jpg|500px]]
 
|}
 
|}
  
The Figure shows the points of the extended universe <math>\operatorname{E}X = P \times Q \times \operatorname{d}P \times \operatorname{d}Q</math> that are indicated by the difference map <math>\operatorname{D}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B},</math> namely, the following six points or singular propositions::
+
And this is equivalent to the following graph:
  
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph ((dP)(dQ)) ISW.jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
 +
 +
We have just met with the fact that the differential of the '''''and''''' is the '''''or''''' of the differentials.
 +
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{array}{rcccc}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
1. &  p &  q  &  \operatorname{d}p  &  \operatorname{d}q
+
p ~\mathrm{and}~ q
\\
+
& \quad &
2. &  p  &  q  & \operatorname{d}p  & (\operatorname{d}q)
+
\xrightarrow{\quad\mathrm{Diff}\quad}
\\
+
& \quad &
3. &  p  &  q  & (\operatorname{d}p) &  \operatorname{d}q
+
\mathrm{d}p ~\mathrm{or}~ \mathrm{d}q
\\
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
4. & p  & (q) & (\operatorname{d}p) & \operatorname{d}q
+
|}
\\
+
 
5. & (p) &  q  &  \operatorname{d}p & (\operatorname{d}q)
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
\\
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph PQ Diff ((dP)(dQ)).jpg|500px]]
6. & (p) & (q) &  \operatorname{d}p  &  \operatorname{d}q
 
\end{array}</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
The information borne by <math>\operatorname{D}f</math> should be clear enough from a survey of these six points &mdash; they tell you what you have to do from each point of <math>X\!</math> in order to change the value borne by <math>f(p, q),\!</math> that is, the move you have to make in order to reach a point where the value of the proposition <math>f(p, q)\!</math> is different from what it is where you started.
+
It will be necessary to develop a more refined analysis of that statement directly, but that is roughly the nub of it.
  
==Note 5==
+
If the form of the above statement reminds you of De&nbsp;Morgan's rule, it is no accident, as differentiation and negation turn out to be closely related operations.  Indeed, one can find discussions of logical difference calculus in the Boole&ndash;De&nbsp;Morgan correspondence and Peirce also made use of differential operators in a logical context, but the exploration of these ideas has been hampered by a number of factors, not the least of which has been the lack of a syntax that was adequate to handle the complexity of expressions that evolve.
  
We have been studying the action of the difference operator <math>\operatorname{D}</math> on propositions of the form <math>f : P \times Q \to \mathbb{B},</math> as illustrated by the example <math>f(p, q) = pq\!</math> that is known in logic as the conjunction of <math>p\!</math> and <math>q.\!</math>  The resulting difference map <math>\operatorname{D}f</math> is a (first order) differential proposition, that is, a proposition of the form <math>\operatorname{D}f : P \times Q \times \operatorname{d}P \times \operatorname{d}Q \to \mathbb{B}.</math>
+
====Worm's Eye View====
  
Abstracting from the augmented venn diagram that shows how the ''models'' or ''satisfying interpretations'' of <math>\operatorname{D}f</math> distribute over the extended universe of discourse <math>\operatorname{E}X = P \times Q \times \operatorname{d}P \times \operatorname{d}Q,</math> the difference map <math>\operatorname{D}f</math> can be represented in the form of a ''digraph'' or ''directed graph'', one whose points are labeled with the elements of <math>X = P \times Q</math> and whose arrows are labeled with the elements of <math>\operatorname{d}X = \operatorname{d}P \times \operatorname{d}Q,</math> as shown in the following Figure.
+
Let's run through the initial example again, this time attempting to interpret the formulas that develop at each stage along the way.  We begin with a proposition or a boolean function <math>f(p, q) = pq.\!</math>
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
| [[Image:Directed Graph PQ Difference Conj.jpg|500px]]
+
| [[Image:Venn Diagram F = P And Q ISW.jpg|500px]]
 
|-
 
|-
|
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph F = P And Q ISW.jpg|500px]]
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
+
|}
f
+
 
& = & p  & \cdot & q
+
A function like this has an abstract type and a concrete type.  The abstract type is what we invoke when we write things like <math>f : \mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> or <math>f : \mathbb{B}^2 \to \mathbb{B}.\!</math>  The concrete type takes into account the qualitative dimensions or the &ldquo;units&rdquo; of the case, which can be explained as follows.
\\[4pt]
+
 
\operatorname{D}f
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
& = &  p  & \cdot &  q  & \cdot & ((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
+
| Let <math>P\!</math> be the set of values <math>\{ \texttt{(} p \texttt{)},~ p \} ~=~ \{ \mathrm{not}~ p,~ p \} ~\cong~ \mathbb{B}.\!</math>
\\[4pt]
+
|-
& + &  p  & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & ~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
| Let <math>Q\!</math> be the set of values <math>\{ \texttt{(} q \texttt{)},~ q \} ~=~ \{ \mathrm{not}~ q,~ q \} ~\cong~ \mathbb{B}.\!</math>
\\[4pt]
 
& + & (p) & \cdot &  q  & \cdot & ~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
& + & (p) & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & ~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
 
\end{array}</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
Any proposition worth its salt can be analyzed from many different points of view, any one of which has the potential to reveal an unsuspected aspect of the proposition's meaning.  We will encounter more and more of these alternative readings as we go.
+
Then interpret the usual propositions about <math>p, q\!</math> as functions of the concrete type <math>f : P \times Q \to \mathbb{B}.\!</math>
  
==Note 6==
+
We are going to consider various ''operators'' on these functions.  Here, an operator <math>\mathrm{F}\!</math> is a function that takes one function <math>f\!</math> into another function <math>\mathrm{F}f.\!</math>
  
The ''enlargement'' or ''shift'' operator <math>\operatorname{E}</math> exhibits a wealth of interesting and useful properties in its own right, so it pays to examine a few of the more salient features that play out on the surface of our initial example, <math>f(p, q) = pq.\!</math>
+
The first couple of operators that we need to consider are logical analogues of the pair that play a founding role in the classical finite difference calculus, namely:
  
A suitably generic definition of the extended universe of discourse is afforded by the following set-up:
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 +
| The ''difference operator'' <math>\Delta,\!</math> written here as <math>\mathrm{D}.\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
| The ''enlargement operator'' <math>\Epsilon,\!</math> written here as <math>\mathrm{E}.\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
These days, <math>\mathrm{E}\!</math> is more often called the ''shift operator''.
 +
 
 +
In order to describe the universe in which these operators operate, it is necessary to enlarge the original universe of discourse.  Starting from the initial space <math>X = P \times Q,\!</math> its ''(first order) differential extension'' <math>\mathrm{E}X\!</math> is constructed according to the following specifications:
  
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{array}{lccl}
+
<math>\begin{array}{rcc}
\text{Let} &
+
\mathrm{E}X & = & X \times \mathrm{d}X
X
+
\end{array}\!</math>
& = &
 
X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k.
 
\\[6pt]
 
\text{Let} &
 
\operatorname{d}X
 
& = &
 
\operatorname{d}X_1 \times \ldots \times \operatorname{d}X_k.
 
\\[6pt]
 
\text{Then} &
 
\operatorname{E}X
 
& = &
 
X \times \operatorname{d}X
 
\\[6pt]
 
&
 
& = & X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k ~\times~ \operatorname{d}X_1 \times \ldots \times \operatorname{d}X_k
 
\end{array}</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
For a proposition of the form <math>f : X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k \to \mathbb{B},</math> the ''(first order) enlargement'' of <math>f\!</math> is the proposition <math>\operatorname{E}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math> that is defined by the following equation:
+
where:
  
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{array}{l}
+
<math>\begin{array}{rcc}
\operatorname{E}f(x_1, \ldots, x_k, \operatorname{d}x_1, \ldots, \operatorname{d}x_k)
+
X
\\[6pt]
+
& = &
= \quad f(x_1 + \operatorname{d}x_1, \ldots, x_k + \operatorname{d}x_k)
+
P \times Q
\\[6pt]
+
\\[4pt]
= \quad f( \texttt{(} x_1, \operatorname{d}x_1 \texttt{)}, \ldots, \texttt{(} x_k, \operatorname{d}x_k \texttt{)} )
+
\mathrm{d}X
\end{array}</math>
+
& = &
 +
\mathrm{d}P \times \mathrm{d}Q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{d}P
 +
& = &
 +
\{ \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)},~ \mathrm{d}p \}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{d}Q
 +
& = &
 +
\{ \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)},~ \mathrm{d}q \}
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
The ''differential variables'' <math>\operatorname{d}x_j</math> are boolean variables of the same basic type as the ordinary variables <math>x_j.\!</math> Although it is conventional to distinguish the (first order) differential variables with the operative prefix "<math>\operatorname{d}</math>" this way of notating differential variables is entirely optional.  It is their existence in particular relations to the initial variables, not their names, that defines them as differential variables.
+
The interpretations of these new symbols can be diverse, but the easiest option for now is just to say that <math>\mathrm{d}p\!</math> means &ldquo;change <math>p\!</math>&rdquo; and <math>\mathrm{d}q\!</math> means &ldquo;change <math>q\!</math>&rdquo;.
  
In the example of logical conjunction, <math>f(p, q) = pq,\!</math> the enlargement <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> is formulated as follows:
+
Drawing a venn diagram for the differential extension <math>\mathrm{E}X = X \times \mathrm{d}X\!</math> requires four logical dimensions, <math>P, Q, \mathrm{d}P, \mathrm{d}Q,\!</math> but it is possible to project a suggestion of what the differential features <math>\mathrm{d}p\!</math> and <math>\mathrm{d}q\!</math> are about on the 2-dimensional base space <math>X = P \times Q\!</math> by drawing arrows that cross the boundaries of the basic circles in the venn diagram for <math>X,\!</math> reading an arrow as <math>\mathrm{d}p\!</math> if it crosses the boundary between <math>p\!</math> and <math>\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}\!</math> in either direction and reading an arrow as <math>\mathrm{d}q\!</math> if it crosses the boundary between <math>q\!</math> and <math>\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}\!</math> in either direction.
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
|
+
| [[Image:Venn Diagram P Q dP dQ.jpg|500px]]
<math>\begin{array}{l}
 
\operatorname{E}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
 
\\[6pt]
 
= \quad (p + \operatorname{d}p)(q + \operatorname{d}q)
 
\\[6pt]
 
= \quad \texttt{(} p, \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)(} q, \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 
\end{array}</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
Given that this expression uses nothing more than the boolean ring operations of addition and multiplication, it is permissible to "multiply things out" in the usual manner to arrive at the following result:
+
Propositions are formed on differential variables, or any combination of ordinary logical variables and differential logical variables, in the same ways that propositions are formed on ordinary logical variables alone.  For example, the proposition <math>\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{))}\!</math> says the same thing as  <math>\mathrm{d}p \Rightarrow \mathrm{d}q,\!</math> in other words, that there is no change in <math>p\!</math> without a change in <math>q.\!</math>
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
+
Given the proposition <math>f(p, q)\!</math> over the space <math>X = P \times Q,\!</math> the ''(first order) enlargement'' of <math>f\!</math> is the proposition <math>\mathrm{E}f\!</math> over the differential extension <math>\mathrm{E}X\!</math> that is defined by the
 +
following formula:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{E}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
+
\mathrm{E}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q)
 +
& = &
 +
f(p + \mathrm{d}p,~ q + \mathrm{d}q)
 
& = &
 
& = &
p~q
+
f( \texttt{(} p, \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)},~ \texttt{(} q, \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} )
& + &
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
p~\operatorname{d}q
 
& + &
 
q~\operatorname{d}p
 
& + &
 
\operatorname{d}p~\operatorname{d}q
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
To understand what the ''enlarged'' or ''shifted'' proposition means in logical terms, it serves to go back and analyze the above expression for <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> in the same way that we did for <math>\operatorname{D}f.</math> Toward that end, the value of <math>\operatorname{E}f_x</math> at each <math>x \in X</math> may be computed in graphical fashion as shown below:
+
In the example <math>f(p, q) = pq,\!</math> the enlargement <math>\mathrm{E}f\!</math> is computed as follows:
  
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\mathrm{E}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q)
 +
& = &
 +
(p + \mathrm{d}p)(q + \mathrm{d}q)
 +
& = &
 +
\texttt{(} p, \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)(} q, \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|-
 
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef = (P,dP)(Q,dQ).jpg|500px]]
 
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef = (P,dP)(Q,dQ).jpg|500px]]
|-
 
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef@PQ = (dP)(dQ).jpg|500px]]
 
|-
 
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef@P(Q) = (dP)dQ.jpg|500px]]
 
|-
 
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef@(P)Q = dP(dQ).jpg|500px]]
 
|-
 
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef@(P)(Q) = dP dQ.jpg|500px]]
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
Given the data that develops in this form of analysis, the disjoined ingredients can now be folded back into a boolean expansion or a disjunctive normal form (DNF) that is equivalent to the enlarged proposition <math>\operatorname{E}f.</math>
+
Given the proposition <math>f(p, q)\!</math> over <math>X = P \times Q,\!</math> the ''(first order) difference'' of <math>f\!</math> is the proposition <math>\mathrm{D}f~\!</math> over <math>\mathrm{E}X\!</math> that is defined by the formula <math>\mathrm{D}f = \mathrm{E}f - f,\!</math> or, written out in full:
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{E}f
+
\mathrm{D}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q)
 +
& = &
 +
f(p + \mathrm{d}p,~ q + \mathrm{d}q) - f(p, q)
 
& = &
 
& = &
pq \cdot \operatorname{E}f_{pq}
+
\texttt{(} f( \texttt{(} p, \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)},~ \texttt{(} q, \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} ),~ f(p, q) \texttt{)}
& + &
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
p(q) \cdot \operatorname{E}f_{p(q)}
 
& + &
 
(p)q \cdot \operatorname{E}f_{(p)q}
 
& + &
 
(p)(q) \cdot \operatorname{E}f_{(p)(q)}
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
Here is a summary of the result, illustrated by means of a digraph picture, where the "no change" element <math>(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)</math> is drawn as a loop at the point <math>p~q.</math>
+
In the example <math>f(p, q) = pq,\!</math> the difference <math>\mathrm{D}f~\!</math> is computed as follows:
  
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
| [[Image:Directed Graph PQ Enlargement Conj.jpg|500px]]
+
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\mathrm{D}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q)
 +
& = &
 +
(p + \mathrm{d}p)(q + \mathrm{d}q) - pq
 +
& = &
 +
\texttt{((} p, \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)(} q, \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}, pq \texttt{)}
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
|
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df = ((P,dP)(Q,dQ),PQ).jpg|500px]]
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 
f
 
& = & p  & \cdot & q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{E}f
 
& = &  p  & \cdot &  q  & \cdot & (\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
& + &  p  & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & (\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
& + & (p) & \cdot &  q  & \cdot & ~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
& + & (p) & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & ~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~\end{array}</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
We may understand the enlarged proposition <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> as telling us all the different ways to reach a model of the proposition <math>f\!</math> from each point of the universe <math>X.\!</math>
+
We did not yet go through the trouble to interpret this (first order) ''difference of conjunction'' fully, but were happy simply to evaluate it with respect to a single location in the universe of discourse, namely, at the point picked out by the singular proposition <math>pq,\!</math> that is, at the place where <math>p = 1\!</math> and <math>q = 1.\!</math>  This evaluation is written in the form <math>\mathrm{D}f|_{pq}\!</math> or <math>\mathrm{D}f|_{(1, 1)},\!</math> and we arrived at the locally applicable law that is stated and illustrated as follows:
  
==Note 7==
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
|
 +
<math>f(p, q) ~=~ pq ~=~ p ~\mathrm{and}~ q \quad \Rightarrow \quad \mathrm{D}f|_{pq} ~=~ \texttt{((} \mathrm{dp} \texttt{)(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{))} ~=~ \mathrm{d}p ~\mathrm{or}~ \mathrm{d}q\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Venn Diagram PQ Difference Conj At Conj.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph PQ Difference Conj At Conj.jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
  
To broaden our experience with simple examples, let us examine the sixteen functions of concrete type <math>P \times Q \to \mathbb{B}</math> and abstract type <math>\mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B}.</math>  A few Tables are set here that detail the actions of <math>\operatorname{E}</math> and <math>\operatorname{D}</math> on each of these functions, allowing us to view the results in several different ways.
+
The picture shows the analysis of the inclusive disjunction <math>\texttt{((} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{))}\!</math> into the following exclusive disjunction:
  
Tables&nbsp;A1 and A2 show two ways of arranging the 16 boolean functions on two variables, giving equivalent expressions for each function in several different systems of notation.
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\mathrm{d}p ~\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}~ \mathrm{d}q
 +
& + &
 +
\mathrm{d}p ~\mathrm{d}q
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
The differential proposition that results may be interpreted to say &ldquo;change <math>p\!</math> or change <math>q\!</math> or both&rdquo;.  And this can be recognized as just what you need to do if you happen to find yourself in the center cell and require a complete and detailed description of ways to escape it.
 +
 
 +
Last time we computed what is variously called the ''difference map'', the ''difference proposition'', or the ''local proposition'' <math>\mathrm{D}f_x\!</math> of the proposition <math>f(p, q) = pq\!</math> at the point <math>x\!</math> where <math>p = 1\!</math> and <math>q = 1.\!</math>
 +
 
 +
In the universe <math>X = P \times Q,\!</math> the four propositions <math>pq,~ p \texttt{(} q \texttt{)},~ \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} q,~ \texttt{(} p \texttt{)(} q \texttt{)}\!</math> that indicate the &ldquo;cells&rdquo;, or the smallest regions of the venn diagram, are called ''singular propositions''.  These serve as an alternative notation for naming the points <math>(1, 1),~ (1, 0),~ (0, 1),~ (0, 0),\!</math> respectively.
 +
 
 +
Thus we can write <math>\mathrm{D}f_x = \mathrm{D}f|x = \mathrm{D}f|(1, 1) = \mathrm{D}f|pq,\!</math> so long as we know the frame of reference in force.
  
<br>
+
In the example <math>f(p, q) = pq,\!</math> the value of the difference proposition <math>\mathrm{D}f_x\!</math> at each of the four points in <math>x \in X\!</math> may be computed in graphical fashion as shown below:
  
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
|+ <math>\text{Table A1.}~~\text{Propositional Forms on Two Variables}</math>
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df = ((P,dP)(Q,dQ),PQ).jpg|500px]]
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
| width="15%" |
 
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_1</math></p>
 
<p><math>\text{Decimal}</math></p>
 
| width="15%" |
 
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_2</math></p>
 
<p><math>\text{Binary}</math></p>
 
| width="15%" |
 
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_3</math></p>
 
<p><math>\text{Vector}</math></p>
 
| width="15%" |
 
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_4</math></p>
 
<p><math>\text{Cactus}</math></p>
 
| width="25%" |
 
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_5</math></p>
 
<p><math>\text{English}</math></p>
 
| width="15%" |
 
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_6</math></p>
 
<p><math>\text{Ordinary}</math></p>
 
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
| &nbsp;
 
| align="right" | <math>p\colon\!</math>
 
| <math>1~1~0~0\!</math>
 
| &nbsp;
 
| &nbsp;
 
| &nbsp;
 
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
| &nbsp;
 
| align="right" | <math>q\colon\!</math>
 
| <math>1~0~1~0\!</math>
 
| &nbsp;
 
| &nbsp;
 
| &nbsp;
 
 
|-
 
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df@PQ = ((dP)(dQ)).jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df@P(Q) = (dP)dQ.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df@(P)Q = dP(dQ) ISW Alt.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Df@(P)(Q) = dP dQ.jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
 +
 +
The easy way to visualize the values of these graphical expressions is just to notice the following equivalents:
 +
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Lobe Rule.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Spike Rule.jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
 +
 +
Laying out the arrows on the augmented venn diagram, one gets a picture of a ''differential vector field''.
 +
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 +
| [[Image:Venn Diagram PQ Difference Conj.jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
 +
 +
The Figure shows the points of the extended universe <math>\mathrm{E}X = P \times Q \times \mathrm{d}P \times \mathrm{d}Q\!</math> that are indicated by the difference map <math>\mathrm{D}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B},\!</math> namely, the following six points or singular propositions::
 +
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
<math>\begin{array}{rcccc}
f_0
+
1. &  p  &  q  &  \mathrm{d}p  &  \mathrm{d}q
\\[4pt]
+
\\
f_1
+
2. &  p  &  q  &  \mathrm{d}p  & (\mathrm{d}q)
\\[4pt]
+
\\
f_2
+
3. &  p  &  q  & (\mathrm{d}p) &  \mathrm{d}q
 +
\\
 +
4. &  p  & (q) & (\mathrm{d}p) &  \mathrm{d}q
 +
\\
 +
5. & (p) &  q  &  \mathrm{d}p  & (\mathrm{d}q)
 +
\\
 +
6. & (p) & (q) &  \mathrm{d}p  &  \mathrm{d}q
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
The information borne by <math>\mathrm{D}f~\!</math> should be clear enough from a survey of these six points &mdash; they tell you what you have to do from each point of <math>X\!</math> in order to change the value borne by <math>f(p, q),\!</math> that is, the move you have to make in order to reach a point where the value of the proposition <math>f(p, q)\!</math> is different from what it is where you started.
 +
 
 +
We have been studying the action of the difference operator <math>\mathrm{D}\!</math> on propositions of the form <math>f : P \times Q \to \mathbb{B},\!</math> as illustrated by the example <math>f(p, q) = pq\!</math> that is known in logic as the conjunction of <math>p\!</math> and <math>q.\!</math>  The resulting difference map <math>\mathrm{D}f~\!</math> is a (first order) differential proposition, that is, a proposition of the form <math>\mathrm{D}f : P \times Q \times \mathrm{d}P \times \mathrm{d}Q \to \mathbb{B}.\!</math>
 +
 
 +
Abstracting from the augmented venn diagram that shows how the ''models'' or ''satisfying interpretations'' of <math>\mathrm{D}f~\!</math> distribute over the extended universe of discourse <math>\mathrm{E}X = P \times Q \times \mathrm{d}P \times \mathrm{d}Q,\!</math> the difference map <math>\mathrm{D}f~\!</math> can be represented in the form of a ''digraph'' or ''directed graph'', one whose points are labeled with the elements of <math>X =  P \times Q\!</math> and whose arrows are labeled with the elements of <math>\mathrm{d}X = \mathrm{d}P \times \mathrm{d}Q,\!</math> as shown in the following Figure.
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
| [[Image:Directed Graph PQ Difference Conj.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 +
f
 +
& = & p  & \cdot & q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_3
+
\mathrm{D}f
 +
& = &  p  & \cdot &  q  & \cdot & ((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_4
+
& + &  p  & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & ~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_5
+
& + & (p) & \cdot &  q  & \cdot & ~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_6
+
& + & (p) & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & ~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~
\\[4pt]
+
\end{array}\!</math>
f_7
+
|}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
 
 +
Any proposition worth its salt can be analyzed from many different points of view, any one of which has the potential to reveal an unsuspected aspect of the proposition's meaning.  We will encounter more and more of these alternative readings as we go.
 +
 
 +
The ''enlargement'' or ''shift'' operator <math>\mathrm{E}\!</math> exhibits a wealth of interesting and useful properties in its own right, so it pays to examine a few of the more salient features that play out on the surface of our initial example, <math>f(p, q) = pq.\!</math>
 +
 
 +
A suitably generic definition of the extended universe of discourse is afforded by the following set-up:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
<math>\begin{array}{lccl}
f_{0000}
+
\text{Let} &
\\[4pt]
+
X
f_{0001}
+
& = &
\\[4pt]
+
X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k.
f_{0010}
+
\\[6pt]
\\[4pt]
+
\text{Let} &
f_{0011}
+
\mathrm{d}X
\\[4pt]
+
& = &
f_{0100}
+
\mathrm{d}X_1 \times \ldots \times \mathrm{d}X_k.
\\[4pt]
+
\\[6pt]
f_{0101}
+
\text{Then} &
\\[4pt]
+
\mathrm{E}X
f_{0110}
+
& = &
\\[4pt]
+
X \times \mathrm{d}X
f_{0111}
+
\\[6pt]
\end{matrix}</math>
+
&
 +
& = & X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k ~\times~ \mathrm{d}X_1 \times \ldots \times \mathrm{d}X_k
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
For a proposition of the form <math>f : X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k \to \mathbb{B},\!</math> the ''(first order) enlargement'' of <math>f\!</math> is the proposition <math>\mathrm{E}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> that is defined by the following equation:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
<math>\begin{array}{l}
0~0~0~0
+
\mathrm{E}f(x_1, \ldots, x_k, \mathrm{d}x_1, \ldots, \mathrm{d}x_k)
\\[4pt]
+
\\[6pt]
0~0~0~1
+
= \quad f(x_1 + \mathrm{d}x_1, \ldots, x_k + \mathrm{d}x_k)
\\[4pt]
+
\\[6pt]
0~0~1~0
+
= \quad f( \texttt{(} x_1, \mathrm{d}x_1 \texttt{)}, \ldots, \texttt{(} x_k, \mathrm{d}x_k \texttt{)} )
\\[4pt]
+
\end{array}\!</math>
0~0~1~1
+
|}
\\[4pt]
+
 
0~1~0~0
+
The ''differential variables'' <math>\mathrm{d}x_j\!</math> are boolean variables of the same basic type as the ordinary variables <math>x_j.\!</math>  Although it is conventional to distinguish the (first order) differential variables with the operative prefix &ldquo;<math>\mathrm{d}\!</math>&rdquo; this way of notating differential variables is entirely optional.  It is their existence in particular relations to the initial variables, not their names, that defines them as differential variables.
\\[4pt]
+
 
0~1~0~1
+
In the example of logical conjunction, <math>f(p, q) = pq,\!</math> the enlargement <math>\mathrm{E}f\!</math> is formulated as follows:
\\[4pt]
+
 
0~1~1~0
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
\\[4pt]
 
0~1~1~1
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
<math>\begin{array}{l}
(~)
+
\mathrm{E}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q)
\\[4pt]
+
\\[6pt]
(p)(q)
+
= \quad (p + \mathrm{d}p)(q + \mathrm{d}q)
\\[4pt]
+
\\[6pt]
(p)~q~
+
= \quad \texttt{(} p, \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)(} q, \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
\\[4pt]
+
\end{array}\!</math>
(p)~~~
+
|}
\\[4pt]
+
 
~p~(q)
+
Given that this expression uses nothing more than the boolean ring operations of addition and multiplication, it is permissible to &ldquo;multiply things out&rdquo; in the usual manner to arrive at the following result:
\\[4pt]
+
 
~~~(q)
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
\\[4pt]
 
(p,~q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
(p~~q)
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\text{false}
+
\mathrm{E}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q)
\\[4pt]
+
& = &
\text{neither}~ p ~\text{nor}~ q
+
p~q
\\[4pt]
+
& + &
q ~\text{without}~ p
+
p~\mathrm{d}q
\\[4pt]
+
& + &
\text{not}~ p
+
q~\mathrm{d}p
\\[4pt]
+
& + &
p ~\text{without}~ q
+
\mathrm{d}p~\mathrm{d}q
\\[4pt]
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\text{not}~ q
+
|}
\\[4pt]
+
 
p ~\text{not equal to}~ q
+
To understand what the ''enlarged'' or ''shifted'' proposition means in logical terms, it serves to go back and analyze the above expression for <math>\mathrm{E}f\!</math> in the same way that we did for <math>\mathrm{D}f.\!</math>  Toward that end, the value of <math>\mathrm{E}f_x\!</math> at each <math>x \in X\!</math> may be computed in graphical fashion as shown below:
\\[4pt]
+
 
\text{not both}~ p ~\text{and}~ q
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
\end{matrix}</math>
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef = (P,dP)(Q,dQ).jpg|500px]]
|
+
|-
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef@PQ = (dP)(dQ).jpg|500px]]
0
+
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef@P(Q) = (dP)dQ.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef@(P)Q = dP(dQ).jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Cactus Graph Ef@(P)(Q) = dP dQ.jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
Given the data that develops in this form of analysis, the disjoined ingredients can now be folded back into a boolean expansion or a disjunctive normal form (DNF) that is equivalent to the enlarged proposition <math>\mathrm{E}f.\!</math>
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\mathrm{E}f
 +
& = &
 +
pq \cdot \mathrm{E}f_{pq}
 +
& + &
 +
p(q) \cdot \mathrm{E}f_{p(q)}
 +
& + &
 +
(p)q \cdot \mathrm{E}f_{(p)q}
 +
& + &
 +
(p)(q) \cdot \mathrm{E}f_{(p)(q)}
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
Here is a summary of the result, illustrated by means of a digraph picture, where the &ldquo;no change&rdquo; element <math>(\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)\!</math> is drawn as a loop at the point <math>p~q.\!</math>
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
| [[Image:Directed Graph PQ Enlargement Conj.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 +
f
 +
& = & p  & \cdot & q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\lnot p \land \lnot q
+
\mathrm{E}f
 +
& = &  p & \cdot &  q  & \cdot & (\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\lnot p \land q
+
& + &  p  & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & (\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\lnot p
+
& + & (p) & \cdot &  q  & \cdot & ~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p \land \lnot q
+
& + & (p) & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & ~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~\end{array}\!</math>
\\[4pt]
+
|}
\lnot q
+
 
\\[4pt]
+
We may understand the enlarged proposition <math>\mathrm{E}f\!</math> as telling us all the different ways to reach a model of the proposition <math>f\!</math> from each point of the universe <math>X.\!</math>
p \ne q
+
 
\\[4pt]
+
==Propositional Forms on Two Variables==
\lnot p \lor \lnot q
+
 
\end{matrix}</math>
+
To broaden our experience with simple examples, let us examine the sixteen functions of concrete type <math>P \times Q \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> and abstract type <math>\mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B}.\!</math>  A&nbsp;few Tables are set here that detail the actions of <math>\mathrm{E}\!</math> and <math>\mathrm{D}\!</math> on each of these functions, allowing us to view the results in several different ways.
 +
 
 +
Tables&nbsp;A1 and A2 show two ways of arranging the 16 boolean functions on two variables, giving equivalent expressions for each function in several different systems of notation.
 +
 
 +
<br>
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
 +
|+ <math>\text{Table A1.}~~\text{Propositional Forms on Two Variables}\!</math>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| width="15%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_1\!</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Decimal}\!</math></p>
 +
| width="15%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_2\!</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Binary}\!</math></p>
 +
| width="15%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_3\!</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Vector}\!</math></p>
 +
| width="15%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_4\!</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Cactus}\!</math></p>
 +
| width="25%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_5\!</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{English}\!</math></p>
 +
| width="15%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_6~\!</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Ordinary}\!</math></p>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| align="right" | <math>p\colon\!</math>
 +
| <math>1~1~0~0\!</math>
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| align="right" | <math>q\colon\!</math>
 +
| <math>1~0~1~0\!</math>
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
f_8
+
f_0
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_9
+
f_1
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{10}
+
f_2
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{11}
+
f_3
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{12}
+
f_4
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{13}
+
f_5
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{14}
+
f_6
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{15}
+
f_7
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
f_{1000}
+
f_{0000}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{1001}
+
f_{0001}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{1010}
+
f_{0010}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{1011}
+
f_{0011}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{1100}
+
f_{0100}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{1101}
+
f_{0101}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{1110}
+
f_{0110}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{1111}
+
f_{0111}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
1~0~0~0
+
0~0~0~0
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
1~0~0~1
+
0~0~0~1
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
1~0~1~0
+
0~0~1~0
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
1~0~1~1
+
0~0~1~1
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
1~1~0~0
+
0~1~0~0
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
1~1~0~1
+
0~1~0~1
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
1~1~1~0
+
0~1~1~0
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
1~1~1~1
+
0~1~1~1
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~~p~~q~~
+
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p,~q))
+
(p)(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~~~~~q~~
+
(p)~q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(p~(q))
+
(p)~ ~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~~p~~~~~
+
~p~(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)~q)~
+
~ ~(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)(q))
+
(p,~q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((~))
+
(p~~q)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
p ~\text{and}~ q
+
\text{false}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p ~\text{equal to}~ q
+
\text{neither}~ p ~\text{nor}~ q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
q
+
q ~\text{without}~ p
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\text{not}~ p ~\text{without}~ q
+
\text{not}~ p
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p
+
p ~\text{without}~ q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\text{not}~ q ~\text{without}~ p
+
\text{not}~ q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p ~\text{or}~ q
+
p ~\text{not equal to}~ q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\text{true}
+
\text{not both}~ p ~\text{and}~ q
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
p \land q
+
0
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p = q
+
\lnot p \land \lnot q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
q
+
\lnot p \land q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\lnot p
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p \land \lnot q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\lnot q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
p \ne q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p \Rightarrow q
+
\lnot p \lor \lnot q
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_8
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p
+
f_9
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p \Leftarrow q
+
f_{10}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p \lor q
+
f_{11}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
1
+
f_{12}
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|}
 
 
 
<br>
 
 
 
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
 
|+ <math>\text{Table A2.}~~\text{Propositional Forms on Two Variables}</math>
 
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
| width="15%" |
 
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_1</math></p>
 
<p><math>\text{Decimal}</math></p>
 
| width="15%" |
 
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_2</math></p>
 
<p><math>\text{Binary}</math></p>
 
| width="15%" |
 
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_3</math></p>
 
<p><math>\text{Vector}</math></p>
 
| width="15%" |
 
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_4</math></p>
 
<p><math>\text{Cactus}</math></p>
 
| width="25%" |
 
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_5</math></p>
 
<p><math>\text{English}</math></p>
 
| width="15%" |
 
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_6</math></p>
 
<p><math>\text{Ordinary}</math></p>
 
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
| &nbsp;
 
| align="right" | <math>p\colon\!</math>
 
| <math>1~1~0~0\!</math>
 
| &nbsp;
 
| &nbsp;
 
| &nbsp;
 
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
| &nbsp;
 
| align="right" | <math>q\colon\!</math>
 
| <math>1~0~1~0\!</math>
 
| &nbsp;
 
| &nbsp;
 
| &nbsp;
 
|-
 
| <math>f_0\!</math>
 
| <math>f_{0000}\!</math>
 
| <math>0~0~0~0</math>
 
| <math>(~)</math>
 
| <math>\text{false}\!</math>
 
| <math>0\!</math>
 
|-
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
f_1
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_2
+
f_{13}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_4
+
f_{14}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_8
+
f_{15}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
f_{0001}
+
f_{1000}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{0010}
+
f_{1001}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{0100}
+
f_{1010}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{1000}
+
f_{1011}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\\[4pt]
|
+
f_{1100}
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
0~0~0~1
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
0~0~1~0
+
f_{1101}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
0~1~0~0
+
f_{1110}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
1~0~0~0
+
f_{1111}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(p)(q)
+
1~0~0~0
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
1~0~0~1
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)~q~
+
1~0~1~0
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~(q)
+
1~0~1~1
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~~q~
+
1~1~0~0
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
\text{neither}~ p ~\text{nor}~ q
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
q ~\text{without}~ p
+
1~1~0~1
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p ~\text{without}~ q
+
1~1~1~0
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p ~\text{and}~ q
+
1~1~1~1
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\lnot p \land \lnot q
+
~~p~~q~~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\lnot p \land q
+
((p,~q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~ ~ ~q~~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~~p~ ~ ~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p \land \lnot q
+
((p)~q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p \land q
+
((p)(q))
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|-
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
f_3
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{12}
+
((~))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
f_{0011}
+
p ~\text{and}~ q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{1100}
+
p ~\text{equal to}~ q
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
0~0~1~1
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
1~1~0~0
+
q
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
(p)
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~
+
\text{not}~ p ~\text{without}~ q
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
\text{not}~ p
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
p
 
p
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
\lnot p
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p
+
\text{not}~ q ~\text{without}~ p
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\\[4pt]
|-
+
p ~\text{or}~ q
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
f_6
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_9
+
\text{true}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
f_{0110}
+
p \land q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{1001}
+
p = q
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
0~1~1~0
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
1~0~0~1
+
q
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
~(p,~q)~
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p,~q))
+
p \Rightarrow q
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
p ~\text{not equal to}~ q
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p ~\text{equal to}~ q
+
p
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
p \ne q
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p = q
+
p \Leftarrow q
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|-
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
f_5
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{10}
+
p \lor q
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
f_{0101}
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{1010}
+
1
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
|
+
|}
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
 
0~1~0~1
+
<br>
\\[4pt]
+
 
1~0~1~0
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
\end{matrix}</math>
+
|+ <math>\text{Table A2.}~~\text{Propositional Forms on Two Variables}\!</math>
|
+
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
| width="15%" |
(q)
+
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_1\!</math></p>
\\[4pt]
+
<p><math>\text{Decimal}\!</math></p>
~q~
+
| width="15%" |
\end{matrix}</math>
+
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_2\!</math></p>
|
+
<p><math>\text{Binary}\!</math></p>
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
| width="15%" |
\text{not}~ q
+
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_3\!</math></p>
\\[4pt]
+
<p><math>\text{Vector}\!</math></p>
q
+
| width="15%" |
\end{matrix}</math>
+
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_4\!</math></p>
|
+
<p><math>\text{Cactus}\!</math></p>
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
| width="25%" |
\lnot q
+
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_5\!</math></p>
\\[4pt]
+
<p><math>\text{English}\!</math></p>
q
+
| width="15%" |
\end{matrix}</math>
+
<p><math>\mathcal{L}_6~\!</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\text{Ordinary}\!</math></p>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| align="right" | <math>p\colon\!</math>
 +
| <math>1~1~0~0\!</math>
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| align="right" | <math>q\colon\!</math>
 +
| <math>1~0~1~0\!</math>
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
| &nbsp;
 +
|-
 +
| <math>f_0\!</math>
 +
| <math>f_{0000}\!</math>
 +
| <math>0~0~0~0\!</math>
 +
| <math>(~)\!</math>
 +
| <math>\text{false}\!</math>
 +
| <math>0\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
f_7
+
f_1
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{11}
+
f_2
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{13}
+
f_4
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{14}
+
f_8
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
f_{0111}
+
f_{0001}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{1011}
+
f_{0010}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{1101}
+
f_{0100}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{1110}
+
f_{1000}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
0~1~1~1
+
0~0~0~1
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
1~0~1~1
+
0~0~1~0
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
1~1~0~1
+
0~1~0~0
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
1~1~1~0
+
1~0~0~0
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~(p~~q)~
+
(p)(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(p~(q))
+
(p)~q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)~q)~
+
~p~(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)(q))
+
~p~~q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\text{not both}~ p ~\text{and}~ q
+
\text{neither}~ p ~\text{nor}~ q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\text{not}~ p ~\text{without}~ q
+
q ~\text{without}~ p
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\text{not}~ q ~\text{without}~ p
+
p ~\text{without}~ q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p ~\text{or}~ q
+
p ~\text{and}~ q
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\lnot p \lor \lnot q
+
\lnot p \land \lnot q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p \Rightarrow q
+
\lnot p \land q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p \Leftarrow q
+
p \land \lnot q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
p \lor q
+
p \land q
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
|-
 
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
 
| <math>f_{1111}\!</math>
 
| <math>1~1~1~1</math>
 
| <math>((~))</math>
 
| <math>\text{true}\!</math>
 
| <math>1\!</math>
 
|}
 
 
 
<br>
 
 
 
==Note 8==
 
 
 
The next four Tables expand the expressions of <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> and <math>\operatorname{D}f</math> in two different ways, for each of the sixteen functions.  Notice that the functions are given in a different order, partitioned into seven natural classes by a group action.
 
 
 
<br>
 
 
 
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
 
|+ <math>\text{Table A3.}~~\operatorname{E}f ~\text{Expanded Over Differential Features}~ \{ \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q \}</math>
 
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
| width="10%" | &nbsp;
 
| width="18%" | <math>f\!</math>
 
| width="18%" |
 
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{11} f</math></p>
 
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{\operatorname{d}p~\operatorname{d}q}</math></p>
 
| width="18%" |
 
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{10} f</math></p>
 
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{\operatorname{d}p(\operatorname{d}q)}</math></p>
 
| width="18%" |
 
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{01} f</math></p>
 
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{(\operatorname{d}p)\operatorname{d}q}</math></p>
 
| width="18%" |
 
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{00} f</math></p>
 
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)}</math></p>
 
|-
 
| <math>f_0\!</math>
 
| <math>(~)</math>
 
| <math>(~)</math>
 
| <math>(~)</math>
 
| <math>(~)</math>
 
| <math>(~)</math>
 
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
f_1
+
f_3
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_2
+
f_{12}
\\[4pt]
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
f_4
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_8
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(p)(q)
+
f_{0011}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)~q~
+
f_{1100}
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
0~0~1~1
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~(q)
+
1~1~0~0
\\[4pt]
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
~p~~q~
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~p~~q~
+
(p)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~(q)
+
~p~
\\[4pt]
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
(p)~q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
(p)(q)
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~p~(q)
+
\text{not}~ p
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~~q~
+
p
\\[4pt]
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
(p)(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
(p)~q~
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(p)~q~
+
\lnot p
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)(q)
+
p
\\[4pt]
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
~p~~q~
+
|-
\\[4pt]
 
~p~(q)
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(p)(q)
+
f_6
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)~q~
+
f_9
\\[4pt]
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
~p~(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
~p~~q~
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|-
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
f_3
+
f_{0110}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{12}
+
f_{1001}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(p)
+
0~1~1~0
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~
+
1~0~0~1
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~p~
+
~(p,~q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)
+
((p,~q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~p~
+
p ~\text{not equal to}~ q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)
+
p ~\text{equal to}~ q
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(p)
+
p \ne q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~
+
p = q
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|-
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(p)
+
f_5
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~
+
f_{10}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
|-
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
f_6
+
f_{0101}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_9
+
f_{1010}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~(p,~q)~
+
0~1~0~1
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p,~q))
+
1~0~1~0
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~(p,~q)~
+
(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p,~q))
+
~q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((p,~q))
+
\text{not}~ q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(p,~q)~
+
q
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((p,~q))
+
\lnot q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(p,~q)~
+
q
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|-
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~(p,~q)~
+
f_7
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{11}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p,~q))
+
f_{13}
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|-
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
f_5
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{10}
+
f_{14}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(q)
+
f_{0111}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~q~
+
f_{1011}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\\[4pt]
|
+
f_{1101}
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
~q~
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(q)
+
f_{1110}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(q)
+
0~1~1~1
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~q~
+
1~0~1~1
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
~q~
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(q)
+
1~1~0~1
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
(q)
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~q~
+
1~1~1~0
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
|-
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
f_7
+
~(p~~q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{11}
+
~(p~(q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{13}
+
((p)~q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{14}
+
((p)(q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(~p~~q~)
+
\text{not both}~ p ~\text{and}~ q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~p~(q))
+
\text{not}~ p ~\text{without}~ q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)~q~)
+
\text{not}~ q ~\text{without}~ p
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)(q))
+
p ~\text{or}~ q
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((p)(q))
+
\lnot p \lor \lnot q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)~q~)
+
p \Rightarrow q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~p~(q))
+
p \Leftarrow q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~p~~q~)
+
p \lor q
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
 +
| <math>f_{1111}\!</math>
 +
| <math>1~1~1~1\!</math>
 +
| <math>((~))\!</math>
 +
| <math>\text{true}\!</math>
 +
| <math>1\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
<br>
 +
 
 +
===Transforms Expanded over Differential Features===
 +
 
 +
The next four Tables expand the expressions of <math>\mathrm{E}f\!</math> and <math>\mathrm{D}f~\!</math> in two different ways, for each of the sixteen functions.  Notice that the functions are given in a different order, partitioned into seven natural classes by a group action.
 +
 
 +
<br>
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
 +
|+ <math>\text{Table A3.}~~\mathrm{E}f ~\text{Expanded over Differential Features}~ \{ \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q \}\!</math>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| width="10%" | &nbsp;
 +
| width="18%" | <math>f\!</math>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathrm{T}_{11} f\!</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\mathrm{E}f|_{\mathrm{d}p~\mathrm{d}q}\!</math></p>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathrm{T}_{10} f\!</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\mathrm{E}f|_{\mathrm{d}p(\mathrm{d}q)}\!</math></p>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathrm{T}_{01} f\!</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\mathrm{E}f|_{(\mathrm{d}p)\mathrm{d}q}\!</math></p>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<p><math>\mathrm{T}_{00} f\!</math></p>
 +
<p><math>\mathrm{E}f|_{(\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)}\!</math></p>
 +
|-
 +
| <math>f_0\!</math>
 +
| <math>(~)\!</math>
 +
| <math>(~)\!</math>
 +
| <math>(~)\!</math>
 +
| <math>(~)\!</math>
 +
| <math>(~)\!</math>
 +
|-
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((p)~q~)
+
f_1
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)(q))
+
f_2
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~p~~q~)
+
f_4
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~p~(q))
+
f_8
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(~p~(q))
+
(p)(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~p~~q~)
+
(p)~q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)(q))
+
~p~(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)~q~)
+
~p~~q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(~p~~q~)
+
~p~~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)~q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~p~(q))
+
(p)(q)
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~p~(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)~q~)
+
~p~~q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)(q))
+
(p)(q)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\\[4pt]
|-
+
(p)~q~
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
 
| <math>((~))</math>
 
| <math>((~))</math>
 
| <math>((~))</math>
 
| <math>((~))</math>
 
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
| colspan="2" | <math>\text{Fixed Point Total}\!</math>
 
| <math>4\!</math>
 
| <math>4\!</math>
 
| <math>4\!</math>
 
| <math>16\!</math>
 
|}
 
 
 
<br>
 
 
 
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
 
|+ <math>\text{Table A4.}~~\operatorname{D}f ~\text{Expanded Over Differential Features}~ \{ \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q \}</math>
 
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
| width="10%" | &nbsp;
 
| width="18%" | <math>f\!</math>
 
| width="18%" |
 
<math>\operatorname{D}f|_{\operatorname{d}p~\operatorname{d}q}</math>
 
| width="18%" |
 
<math>\operatorname{D}f|_{\operatorname{d}p(\operatorname{d}q)}</math>
 
| width="18%" |
 
<math>\operatorname{D}f|_{(\operatorname{d}p)\operatorname{d}q}</math>
 
| width="18%" |
 
<math>\operatorname{D}f|_{(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)}</math>
 
|-
 
| <math>f_0\!</math>
 
| <math>(~)</math>
 
| <math>(~)</math>
 
| <math>(~)</math>
 
| <math>(~)</math>
 
| <math>(~)</math>
 
|-
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
f_1
+
(p)~q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_2
+
(p)(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_4
+
~p~~q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_8
+
~p~(q)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 1,334: Line 1,305:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
~p~~q~
 
~p~~q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|-
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((p,~q))
+
f_3
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(p,~q)~
+
f_{12}
\\[4pt]
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
~(p,~q)~
+
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(p)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p,~q))
+
~p~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(q)
+
~p~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~q~
+
(p)
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~p~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(q)
+
(p)
\\[4pt]
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
~q~
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(p)
 
\\[4pt]
 
 
(p)
 
(p)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
~p~
 
~p~
\\[4pt]
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
~p~
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(~)
+
(p)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~)
+
~p~
\\[4pt]
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
(~)
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
f_3
+
f_6
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_{12}
+
f_9
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(p)
+
~(p,~q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~
+
((p,~q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((~))
+
~(p,~q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((~))
+
((p,~q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((~))
+
((p,~q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((~))
+
~(p,~q)~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(~)
+
((p,~q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~)
+
~(p,~q)~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(~)
+
~(p,~q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~)
+
((p,~q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
f_6
+
f_5
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
f_9
+
f_{10}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~(p,~q)~
+
(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p,~q))
+
~q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(~)
+
~q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~)
+
(q)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((~))
+
(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((~))
+
~q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((~))
+
~q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((~))
+
(q)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
(~)
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|-
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
f_5
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_{10}
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 1,461: Line 1,416:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
~q~
 
~q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
((~))
 
\\[4pt]
 
((~))
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
(~)
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
((~))
 
\\[4pt]
 
((~))
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
(~)
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 1,496: Line 1,427:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_{14}
 
f_{14}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~(p~~q)~
+
(~p~~q~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(p~(q))
+
(~p~(q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)~q)~
+
((p)~q~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
((p)(q))
 
((p)(q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((p,~q))
+
((p)(q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(p,~q)~
+
((p)~q~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(p,~q)~
+
(~p~(q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p,~q))
+
(~p~~q~)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~q~
+
((p)~q~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(q)
+
((p)(q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~q~
+
(~p~~q~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(q)
+
(~p~(q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~p~
+
(~p~(q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~
+
(~p~~q~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)
+
((p)(q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)
+
((p)~q~)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(~)
+
(~p~~q~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~)
+
(~p~(q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~)
+
((p)~q~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~)
+
((p)(q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
 
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| colspan="2" | <math>\text{Fixed Point Total}\!</math>
 +
| <math>4\!</math>
 +
| <math>4\!</math>
 +
| <math>4\!</math>
 +
| <math>16\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
<br>
 
<br>
  
==Note 9==
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
 
+
|+ <math>\text{Table A4.}~~\mathrm{D}f ~\text{Expanded over Differential Features}~ \{ \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q \}\!</math>
<br>
 
 
 
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
 
|+ <math>\text{Table A5.}~~\operatorname{E}f ~\text{Expanded Over Ordinary Features}~ \{ p, q \}</math>
 
 
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
| width="10%" | &nbsp;
 
| width="10%" | &nbsp;
 
| width="18%" | <math>f\!</math>
 
| width="18%" | <math>f\!</math>
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{E}f|_{xy}</math>
+
| width="18%" |
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{E}f|_{p(q)}</math>
+
<math>\mathrm{D}f|_{\mathrm{d}p~\mathrm{d}q}\!</math>
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{E}f|_{(p)q}</math>
+
| width="18%" |
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{E}f|_{(p)(q)}</math>
+
<math>\mathrm{D}f|_{\mathrm{d}p(\mathrm{d}q)}\!</math>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<math>\mathrm{D}f|_{(\mathrm{d}p)\mathrm{d}q}\!</math>
 +
| width="18%" |
 +
<math>\mathrm{D}f|_{(\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
| <math>f_0\!</math>
 
| <math>f_0\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 1,588: Line 1,525:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_8
 
f_8
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 1,598: Line 1,535:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
~p~~q~
 
~p~~q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~
+
((p,~q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)
+
~(p,~q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~
+
~(p,~q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)
+
((p,~q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)
+
(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~
+
~q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)
+
(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~
+
~q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~
+
(p)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)
+
(p)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~
+
~p~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)
+
~p~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)
+
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~
+
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)
+
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~
+
(~)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 1,645: Line 1,582:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_{12}
 
f_{12}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 1,651: Line 1,588:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
~p~
 
~p~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~\operatorname{d}p~
+
((~))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{d}p)
+
((~))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}~\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~\operatorname{d}p~
+
((~))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{d}p)
+
((~))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}~\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(\operatorname{d}p)
+
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~\operatorname{d}p~
+
(~)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(\operatorname{d}p)
+
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~\operatorname{d}p~
+
(~)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 1,682: Line 1,619:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_9
 
f_9
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 1,688: Line 1,625:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
((p,~q))
 
((p,~q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)~
+
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q))
+
(~)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q))
+
((~))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)~
+
((~))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}~\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q))
+
((~))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)~
+
((~))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}~\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)~
+
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q))
+
(~)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 1,719: Line 1,656:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_{10}
 
f_{10}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 1,725: Line 1,662:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
~q~
 
~q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~\operatorname{d}q~
+
((~))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{d}q)
+
((~))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}~\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(\operatorname{d}q)
+
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~\operatorname{d}q~
+
(~)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~\operatorname{d}q~
+
((~))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{d}q)
+
((~))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}~\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(\operatorname{d}q)
+
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~\operatorname{d}q~
+
(~)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 1,760: Line 1,697:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_{14}
 
f_{14}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(~p~~q~)
+
~(p~~q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~p~(q))
+
~(p~(q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)~q~)
+
((p)~q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
((p)(q))
 
((p)(q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
+
((p,~q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~)
+
~(p,~q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q))
+
~(p,~q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~)
+
((p,~q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~)
+
~q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
+
(q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~)
+
~q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q))
+
(q)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q))
+
~p~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~)
+
~p~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
+
(p)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~)
+
(p)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~)
+
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q))
+
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~)
+
(~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
+
(~)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
 
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
<br>
 
<br>
  
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
+
===Transforms Expanded over Ordinary Features===
|+ <math>\text{Table A6.}~~\operatorname{D}f ~\text{Expanded Over Ordinary Features}~ \{ p, q \}</math>
+
 
 +
<br>
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
 +
|+ <math>\text{Table A5.}~~\mathrm{E}f ~\text{Expanded over Ordinary Features}~ \{ p, q \}\!</math>
 
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
| width="10%" | &nbsp;
 
| width="10%" | &nbsp;
 
| width="18%" | <math>f\!</math>
 
| width="18%" | <math>f\!</math>
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{D}f|_{xy}</math>
+
| width="18%" | <math>\mathrm{E}f|_{pq}\!</math>
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{D}f|_{p(q)}</math>
+
| width="18%" | <math>\mathrm{E}f|_{p(q)}\!</math>
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{D}f|_{(p)q}</math>
+
| width="18%" | <math>\mathrm{E}f|_{(p)q}\!</math>
| width="18%" | <math>\operatorname{D}f|_{(p)(q)}</math>
+
| width="18%" | <math>\mathrm{E}f|_{(p)(q)}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
| <math>f_0\!</math>
 
| <math>f_0\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 1,848: Line 1,789:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_8
 
f_8
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 1,858: Line 1,799:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
~p~~q~
 
~p~~q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
+
~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
+
(\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
+
~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
+
(\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
+
(\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
+
~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
+
(\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
+
~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 1,905: Line 1,846:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_{12}
 
f_{12}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 1,911: Line 1,852:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
~p~
 
~p~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{d}p
+
~\mathrm{d}p~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{d}p
+
(\mathrm{d}p)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{d}p
+
~\mathrm{d}p~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{d}p
+
(\mathrm{d}p)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{d}p
+
(\mathrm{d}p)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{d}p
+
~\mathrm{d}p~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}~\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{d}p
+
(\mathrm{d}p)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{d}p
+
~\mathrm{d}p~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}~\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 1,942: Line 1,883:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_9
 
f_9
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 1,948: Line 1,889:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
((p,~q))
 
((p,~q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
+
~(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
+
((\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
+
((\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
+
~(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
+
((\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
+
~(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
+
~(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{d}p,~\operatorname{d}q)
+
((\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 1,979: Line 1,920:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_{10}
 
f_{10}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 1,985: Line 1,926:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
~q~
 
~q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{d}q
+
~\mathrm{d}q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{d}q
+
(\mathrm{d}q)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{d}q
+
(\mathrm{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{d}q
+
~\mathrm{d}q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{d}q
+
~\mathrm{d}q~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{d}q
+
(\mathrm{d}q)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{d}q
+
(\mathrm{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{d}q
+
~\mathrm{d}q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 2,020: Line 1,961:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_{14}
 
f_{14}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 2,030: Line 1,971:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
((p)(q))
 
((p)(q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
+
((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
((\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
+
(~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
(~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
((\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
+
((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
(~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
+
(~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
+
(~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
(~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
+
((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
((\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~~\operatorname{d}p~~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
(~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~~\operatorname{d}p~(\operatorname{d}q)~
+
(~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(\operatorname{d}p)~\operatorname{d}q~~
+
((\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q))
+
((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
 
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
<br>
 
<br>
  
==Note 10==
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
 
+
|+ <math>\text{Table A6.}~~\mathrm{D}f ~\text{Expanded over Ordinary Features}~ \{ p, q \}\!</math>
If you think that I linger in the realm of logical difference calculus out of sheer vacillation about getting down to the differential proper, it is probably out of a prior expectation that you derive from the art or the long-engrained practice of real analysis.  But the fact is that ordinary calculus only rushes on to the sundry orders of approximation because the strain of comprehending the full import of <math>\operatorname{E}</math> and <math>\operatorname{D}</math> at once whelm over its discrete and finite powers to grasp them.  But here, in the fully serene idylls of ZOL, we find ourselves fit with the compass of a wit that is all we'd ever need to explore their effects with care.
 
 
 
So let us do just that.
 
 
 
I will first rationalize the novel grouping of propositional forms in the last set of Tables, as that will extend a gentle invitation to the mathematical subject of ''group theory'', and demonstrate its relevance to differential logic in a strikingly apt and useful way.  The data for that account is contained in Table&nbsp;A3.
 
 
 
<br>
 
 
 
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
 
|+ <math>\text{Table A3.}~~\operatorname{E}f ~\text{Expanded Over Differential Features}~ \{ \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q \}</math>
 
 
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
| width="10%" | &nbsp;
 
| width="10%" | &nbsp;
 
| width="18%" | <math>f\!</math>
 
| width="18%" | <math>f\!</math>
| width="18%" |  
+
| width="18%" | <math>\mathrm{D}f|_{pq}\!</math>
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{11} f</math></p>
+
| width="18%" | <math>\mathrm{D}f|_{p(q)}\!</math>
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{\operatorname{d}p~\operatorname{d}q}</math></p>
+
| width="18%" | <math>\mathrm{D}f|_{(p)q}\!</math>
| width="18%" |
+
| width="18%" | <math>\mathrm{D}f|_{(p)(q)}\!</math>
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{10} f</math></p>
 
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{\operatorname{d}p(\operatorname{d}q)}</math></p>
 
| width="18%" |
 
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{01} f</math></p>
 
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{(\operatorname{d}p)\operatorname{d}q}</math></p>
 
| width="18%" |
 
<p><math>\operatorname{T}_{00} f</math></p>
 
<p><math>\operatorname{E}f|_{(\operatorname{d}p)(\operatorname{d}q)}</math></p>
 
 
|-
 
|-
 
| <math>f_0\!</math>
 
| <math>f_0\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
| <math>(~)</math>
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 2,126: Line 2,049:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_8
 
f_8
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 2,136: Line 2,059:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
~p~~q~
 
~p~~q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~p~~q~
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~(q)
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)~q~
+
~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)(q)
+
((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~p~(q)
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~~q~
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)(q)
+
((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)~q~
+
~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(p)~q~
+
~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)(q)
+
((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~~q~
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~(q)
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(p)(q)
+
((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)~q~
+
~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~(q)
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~~q~
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 2,183: Line 2,106:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_{12}
 
f_{12}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 2,189: Line 2,112:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
~p~
 
~p~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~p~
+
\mathrm{d}p
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)
+
\mathrm{d}p
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~p~
+
\mathrm{d}p
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(p)
+
\mathrm{d}p
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(p)
+
\mathrm{d}p
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~
+
\mathrm{d}p
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(p)
+
\mathrm{d}p
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~p~
+
\mathrm{d}p
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 2,220: Line 2,143:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_9
 
f_9
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 2,226: Line 2,149:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
((p,~q))
 
((p,~q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~(p,~q)~
+
(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p,~q))
+
(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((p,~q))
+
(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(p,~q)~
+
(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((p,~q))
+
(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~(p,~q)~
+
(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~(p,~q)~
+
(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p,~q))
+
(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 2,257: Line 2,180:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_{10}
 
f_{10}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 2,263: Line 2,186:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
~q~
 
~q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~q~
+
\mathrm{d}q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(q)
+
\mathrm{d}q
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(q)
+
\mathrm{d}q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~q~
+
\mathrm{d}q
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
~q~
+
\mathrm{d}q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(q)
+
\mathrm{d}q
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(q)
+
\mathrm{d}q
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
~q~
+
\mathrm{d}q
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
Line 2,298: Line 2,221:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
f_{14}
 
f_{14}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
Line 2,308: Line 2,231:
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
((p)(q))
 
((p)(q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((p)(q))
+
((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)~q~)
+
~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~p~(q))
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~p~~q~)
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
((p)~q~)
+
~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)(q))
+
((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~p~~q~)
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~p~(q))
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(~p~(q))
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~p~~q~)
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)(q))
+
((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q))
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)~q~)
+
~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(~p~~q~)
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
(~p~(q))
+
~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)~q~)
+
~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
((p)(q))
+
((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q))
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
 
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
| <math>((~))</math>
+
| <math>((~))\!</math>
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
| colspan="2" | <math>\text{Fixed Point Total}\!</math>
 
| <math>4\!</math>
 
| <math>4\!</math>
 
| <math>4\!</math>
 
| <math>16\!</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
<br>
 
<br>
  
The shift operator <math>\operatorname{E}</math> can be understood as enacting a substitution operation on the propositional form <math>f(p, q)\!</math> that is given as its argument.  In our present focus on propositional forms that involve two variables, we have the following type specifications and definitions:
+
==Operational Representation==
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
+
If you think that I linger in the realm of logical difference calculus out of sheer vacillation about getting down to the differential proper, it is probably out of a prior expectation that you derive from the art or the long-engrained practice of real analysis.  But the fact is that ordinary calculus only rushes on to the sundry orders of approximation because the strain of comprehending the full import of <math>\mathrm{E}\!</math> and <math>\mathrm{D}\!</math> at once overwhelms its discrete and finite powers to grasp them.  But here, in the fully serene idylls of [[zeroth order logic]], we find ourselves fit with the compass of a wit that is all we'd ever need to explore their effects with care.
|
+
 
<math>\begin{array}{lcl}
+
So let us do just that.
\operatorname{E} ~:~ (X \to \mathbb{B})
+
 
& \to &
+
I will first rationalize the novel grouping of propositional forms in the last set of Tables, as that will extend a gentle invitation to the mathematical subject of ''group theory'', and demonstrate its relevance to differential logic in a strikingly apt and useful way.  The data for that account is contained in Table&nbsp;A3.
(\operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B})
 
\\[6pt]
 
\operatorname{E} ~:~ f(p, q)
 
& \mapsto &
 
\operatorname{E}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
 
\\[6pt]
 
\operatorname{E}f(p, q, \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q)
 
& = &
 
f(p + \operatorname{d}p, q + \operatorname{d}q)
 
\\[6pt]
 
& = &
 
f( \texttt{(} p, \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}, \texttt{(} q, \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)} )
 
\end{array}</math>
 
|}
 
  
Evaluating <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> at particular values of <math>\operatorname{d}p</math> and <math>\operatorname{d}q,</math> for example, <math>\operatorname{d}p = i</math> and <math>\operatorname{d}q = j,</math> where <math>i\!</math> and <math>j\!</math> are values in <math>\mathbb{B},</math> produces the following result:
+
<br>
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
|
+
|+ <math>\text{Table A3.}~~\mathrm{E}f ~\text{Expanded over Differential Features}~ \{ \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q \}\!</math>
<math>\begin{array}{lclcl}
+
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
\operatorname{E}_{ij}
+
| width="10%" | &nbsp;
& : &
+
| width="18%" | <math>f\!</math>
(X \to \mathbb{B})
+
| width="18%" |  
& \to &
+
<p><math>\mathrm{T}_{11} f\!</math></p>
(X \to \mathbb{B})
+
<p><math>\mathrm{E}f|_{\mathrm{d}p~\mathrm{d}q}\!</math></p>
\\[6pt]
+
| width="18%" |
\operatorname{E}_{ij}
+
<p><math>\mathrm{T}_{10} f\!</math></p>
& : &
+
<p><math>\mathrm{E}f|_{\mathrm{d}p(\mathrm{d}q)}\!</math></p>
f
+
| width="18%" |
& \mapsto &
+
<p><math>\mathrm{T}_{01} f\!</math></p>
\operatorname{E}_{ij}f
+
<p><math>\mathrm{E}f|_{(\mathrm{d}p)\mathrm{d}q}\!</math></p>
\\[6pt]
+
| width="18%" |
\operatorname{E}_{ij}f
+
<p><math>\mathrm{T}_{00} f\!</math></p>
& = &
+
<p><math>\mathrm{E}f|_{(\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)}\!</math></p>
\operatorname{E}f|_{\operatorname{d}p = i, \operatorname{d}q = j}
+
|-
& = &
+
| <math>f_0\!</math>
f(p + i, q + j)
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
\\[6pt]
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
&  &
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
& = &
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
f( \texttt{(} p, i \texttt{)}, \texttt{(} q, j \texttt{)} )
+
| <math>(~)\!</math>
\end{array}</math>
+
|-
|}
+
|
 
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
The notation is a little awkward, but the data of Table&nbsp;A3 should make the sense clear.  The important thing to observe is that <math>\operatorname{E}_{ij}</math> has the effect of transforming each proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> into a proposition <math>f^\prime : X \to \mathbb{B}.</math>  As it happens, the action of each <math>\operatorname{E}_{ij}</math> is one-to-one and onto, so the gang of four operators <math>\{ \operatorname{E}_{ij} : i, j \in \mathbb{B} \}</math> is an example of what is called a ''transformation group'' on the set of sixteen propositions.  Bowing to a longstanding local and linear tradition, I will therefore redub the four elements of this group as <math>\operatorname{T}_{00}, \operatorname{T}_{01}, \operatorname{T}_{10}, \operatorname{T}_{11},</math> to bear in mind their transformative character, or nature, as the case may be.  Abstractly viewed, this group of order four has the following operation table:
+
f_1
 
+
\\[4pt]
<br>
+
f_2
 
+
\\[4pt]
{| align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="border-left:1px solid black; border-top:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; text-align:center; width:60%"
+
f_4
|- style="height:50px"
+
\\[4pt]
| width="12%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\cdot</math>
+
f_8
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
<math>\operatorname{T}_{00}</math>
+
|
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
<math>\operatorname{T}_{01}</math>
+
(p)(q)
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
+
\\[4pt]
<math>\operatorname{T}_{10}</math>
+
(p)~q~
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
+
\\[4pt]
<math>\operatorname{T}_{11}</math>
+
~p~(q)
|- style="height:50px"
+
\\[4pt]
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{T}_{00}</math>
+
~p~~q~
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{00}</math>
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{01}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{10}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{11}</math>
 
|- style="height:50px"
 
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{T}_{01}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{01}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{00}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{11}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{10}</math>
 
|- style="height:50px"
 
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{T}_{10}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{10}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{11}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{00}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{01}</math>
 
|- style="height:50px"
 
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{T}_{11}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{11}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{10}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{01}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{T}_{00}</math>
 
|}
 
 
 
<br>
 
 
 
It happens that there are just two possible groups of 4 elements.  One is the cyclic group <math>Z_4\!</math> (from German ''Zyklus''), which this is not.  The other is the Klein four-group <math>V_4\!</math> (from German ''Vier''), which this is.
 
 
 
More concretely viewed, the group as a whole pushes the set of sixteen propositions around in such a way that they fall into seven natural classes, called ''orbits''.  One says that the orbits are preserved by the action of the group.  There is an ''Orbit Lemma'' of immense utility to "those who count" which, depending on your upbringing, you may associate with the names of Burnside, Cauchy, Frobenius, or some subset or superset of these three, vouching that the number of orbits is equal to the mean number of fixed points, in other words, the total number of points (in our case, propositions) that are left unmoved by the separate operations, divided by the order of the group.  In this instance, <math>\operatorname{T}_{00}</math> operates as the group identity, fixing all 16 propositions, while the other three group elements fix 4 propositions each, and so we get:  <math>\text{Number of orbits}~ = (4 + 4 + 4 + 16) \div 4 = 7.</math>  Amazing!
 
 
 
==Note 11==
 
 
 
We have been contemplating functions of the type <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> and studying the action of the operators <math>\operatorname{E}</math> and <math>\operatorname{D}</math> on this family.  These functions, that we may identify for our present aims with propositions, inasmuch as they capture their abstract forms, are logical analogues of ''scalar potential fields''.  These are the sorts of fields that are so picturesquely presented in elementary calculus and physics textbooks by images of snow-covered hills and parties of skiers who trek down their slopes like least action heroes.  The analogous scene in propositional logic presents us with forms more reminiscent of plateaunic idylls, being all plains at one of two levels, the mesas of verity and falsity, as it were, with nary a niche to inhabit between them, restricting our options for a sporting gradient of downhill dynamics to just one of two:  standing still on level ground or falling off a bluff.
 
 
 
We are still working well within the logical analogue of the classical finite difference calculus, taking in the novelties that the logical transmutation of familiar elements is able to bring to light.  Soon we will take up several different notions of approximation relationships that may be seen to organize the space of propositions, and these will allow us to define several different forms of differential analysis applying to propositions.  In time we will find reason to consider more general types of maps, having concrete types of the form <math>X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k \to Y_1 \times \ldots \times Y_n</math> and abstract types <math>\mathbb{B}^k \to \mathbb{B}^n.</math> We will think of these mappings as transforming universes of discourse into themselves or into others, in short, as ''transformations of discourse''.
 
 
 
Before we continue with this intinerary, however, I would like to highlight another sort of differential aspect that concerns the ''boundary operator'' or the ''marked connective'' that serves as one of the two basic connectives in the cactus language for ZOL.
 
 
 
For example, consider the proposition <math>f\!</math> of concrete type <math>f : P \times Q \times R \to \mathbb{B}</math> and abstract type <math>f : \mathbb{B}^3 \to \mathbb{B}</math> that is written <math>\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}</math> in cactus syntax.  Taken as an assertion in what Peirce called the ''existential interpretation'', the proposition <math>\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}</math> says that just one of <math>p, q, r\!</math> is false.  It is instructive to consider this assertion in relation to the logical conjunction <math>pqr\!</math> of the same propositions.  A venn diagram of <math>\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}</math> looks like this:
 
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 
| [[Image:Minimal Negation Operator (p,q,r).jpg|500px]]
 
|}
 
 
 
In relation to the center cell indicated by the conjunction <math>pqr,\!</math> the region indicated by <math>\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}</math> is comprised of the adjacent or bordering cells.  Thus they are the cells that are just across the boundary of the center cell, reached as if by way of Leibniz's ''minimal changes'' from the point of origin, in this case, <math>pqr.\!</math>
 
 
 
More generally speaking, in a <math>k\!</math>-dimensional universe of discourse that is based on the ''alphabet'' of features <math>\mathcal{X} = \{ x_1, \ldots, x_k \},</math> the same form of boundary relationship is manifested for any cell of origin that one chooses to indicate.  One way to indicate a cell is by forming a logical conjunction of positive and negative basis features, that is, by constructing an expression of the form <math>e_1 \cdot \ldots \cdot e_k,</math> where <math>e_j = x_j ~\text{or}~ e_j = \texttt{(} x_j \texttt{)},</math> for <math>j = 1 ~\text{to}~ k.</math>  The proposition <math>\texttt{(} e_1, \ldots, e_k \texttt{)}</math> indicates the disjunctive region consisting of the cells that are just next door to <math>e_1 \cdot \ldots \cdot e_k.</math>
 
 
 
==Note 12==
 
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="90%"
 
 
|
 
|
<p>Consider what effects that might ''conceivably'' have practical bearings you ''conceive'' the objects of your ''conception'' to have.  Then, your ''conception'' of those effects is the whole of your ''conception'' of the object.</p>
 
|-
 
| align="right" | &mdash; Charles Sanders Peirce, "Issues of Pragmaticism", (CP 5.438)
 
|}
 
 
One other subject that it would be opportune to mention at this point, while we have an object example of a mathematical group fresh in mind, is the relationship between the pragmatic maxim and what are commonly known in mathematics as ''representation principles''.  As it turns out, with regard to its formal characteristics, the pragmatic maxim unites the aspects of a representation principle with the attributes of what would ordinarily be known as a ''closure principle''.  We will consider the form of closure that is invoked by the pragmatic maxim on another occasion, focusing here and now on the topic of group representations.
 
 
Let us return to the example of the ''four-group'' <math>V_4.\!</math>  We encountered this group in one of its concrete representations, namely, as a ''transformation group'' that acts on a set of objects, in this case a set of sixteen functions or propositions.  Forgetting about the set of objects that the group transforms among themselves, we may take the abstract view of the group's operational structure, for example, in the form of the group operation table copied here:
 
 
<br>
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="border-left:1px solid black; border-top:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; text-align:center; width:60%"
 
|- style="height:50px"
 
| width="12%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\cdot</math>
 
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 
<math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 
<math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 
<math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 
<math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 
|- style="height:50px"
 
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 
|- style="height:50px"
 
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 
|- style="height:50px"
 
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 
|- style="height:50px"
 
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 
|}
 
 
<br>
 
 
This table is abstractly the same as, or isomorphic to, the versions with the <math>\operatorname{E}_{ij}</math> operators and the <math>\operatorname{T}_{ij}</math> transformations that we took up earlier.  That is to say, the story is the same, only the names have been changed.  An abstract group can have a variety of significantly and superficially different representations.  But even after we have long forgotten the details of any particular representation there is a type of concrete representations, called ''regular representations'', that are always readily available, as they can be generated from the mere data of the abstract operation table itself.
 
 
To see how a regular representation is constructed from the abstract operation table, select a group element from the top margin of the Table, and "consider its effects" on each of the group elements as they are listed along the left margin.  We may record these effects as Peirce usually did, as a ''logical aggregate'' of elementary dyadic relatives, that is, as a logical disjunction or boolean sum whose terms represent the ordered pairs of <math>\operatorname{input} : \operatorname{output}</math> transactions that are produced by each group element in turn.  This forms one of the two possible ''regular representations'' of the group, in this case the one that is called the ''post-regular representation'' or the ''right regular representation''.  It has long been conventional to organize the terms of this logical aggregate in the form of a matrix:
 
 
Reading "<math>+\!</math>" as a logical disjunction:
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
| align="center" |
 
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{G}
+
~p~~q~
& = & \operatorname{e}
+
\\[4pt]
& + & \operatorname{f}
+
~p~(q)
& + & \operatorname{g}
+
\\[4pt]
& + & \operatorname{h}
+
(p)~q~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\\[4pt]
|}
+
(p)(q)
 
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
And so, by expanding effects, we get:
+
|
 
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
+
~p~(q)
| align="center" |
+
\\[4pt]
 +
~p~~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(p)~q~
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{G}
+
(p)~q~
& = & \operatorname{e}:\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}:\operatorname{f}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}:\operatorname{g}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}:\operatorname{h}
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
& + & \operatorname{e}:\operatorname{f}
+
(p)(q)
& + & \operatorname{f}:\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}:\operatorname{h}
 
& + & \mathrm{h}:\mathrm{g}
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
& + & \operatorname{e}:\operatorname{g}
+
~p~~q~
& + & \operatorname{f}:\operatorname{h}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}:\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}:\operatorname{f}
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
& + & \operatorname{e}:\operatorname{h}
+
~p~(q)
& + & \operatorname{f}:\operatorname{g}
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
& + & \operatorname{g}:\operatorname{f}
+
|
& + & \operatorname{h}:\operatorname{e}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
(p)(q)
|}
+
\\[4pt]
 
+
(p)~q~
More on the pragmatic maxim as a representation principle later.
+
\\[4pt]
 
+
~p~(q)
==Note 13==
+
\\[4pt]
 
+
~p~~q~
The above-mentioned fact about the regular representations of a group is universally known as Cayley's Theorem, typically stated in the following form:
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
| Every group is isomorphic to a subgroup of <math>\operatorname{Aut}(X),</math> the group of automorphisms of a suitably chosen set <math>X\!</math>.
 
|}
 
 
 
There is a considerable generalization of these regular representations to a broad class of relational algebraic systems in Peirce's earliest papers.  The crux of the whole idea is this:
 
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
| Contemplate the effects of the symbol whose meaning you wish to investigate as they play out on all the stages of conduct where you can imagine that symbol playing a role.
 
|}
 
 
 
This idea of contextual definition by way of conduct transforming operators is basically the same as Jeremy Bentham's notion of ''paraphrasis'', a "method of accounting for fictions by explaining various purported terms away" (Quine, in Van Heijenoort, ''From Frege to Gödel'', p.&nbsp;216).  Today we'd call these constructions ''term models''.  This, again, is the big idea behind Schönfinkel's combinators <math>\operatorname{S}, \operatorname{K}, \operatorname{I},</math> and hence of lambda calculus, and I reckon you know where that leads.
 
 
 
==Note 14==
 
 
 
The next few excursions in this series will provide a scenic tour of various ideas in group theory that will turn out to be of constant guidance in several of the settings that are associated with our topic.
 
 
 
Let me return to Peirce's early papers on the algebra of relatives to pick up the conventions that he used there, and then rewrite my account of regular representations in a way that conforms to those.
 
 
 
Peirce describes the action of an "elementary dual relative" in this way:
 
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
| Elementary simple relatives are connected together in systems of four.  For if <math>\mathrm{A}\!:\!\mathrm{B}</math> be taken to denote the elementary relative which multiplied into <math>\mathrm{B}\!</math> gives <math>\mathrm{A},\!</math> then this relation existing as elementary, we have the four elementary relatives
 
 
|-
 
|-
| align="center" | <math>\mathrm{A}\!:\!\mathrm{A} \qquad \mathrm{A}\!:\!\mathrm{B} \qquad \mathrm{B}\!:\!\mathrm{A} \qquad \mathrm{B}\!:\!\mathrm{B}.</math>
 
|-
 
| C.S. Peirce, ''Collected Papers'', CP&nbsp;3.123.
 
|}
 
 
Peirce is well aware that it is not at all necessary to arrange the elementary relatives of a relation into arrays, matrices, or tables, but when he does so he tends to prefer organizing 2-adic relations in the following manner:
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
| align="center" |
 
<math>\begin{bmatrix}
 
a\!:\!a & a\!:\!b & a\!:\!c
 
\\
 
b\!:\!a & b\!:\!b & b\!:\!c
 
\\
 
c\!:\!a & c\!:\!b & c\!:\!c
 
\end{bmatrix}</math>
 
|}
 
 
For example, given the set <math>X = \{ a, b, c \},\!</math> suppose that we have the 2-adic relative term <math>\mathit{m} = {}^{\backprime\backprime}\, \text{marker for}\, \underline{~~~~}\, {}^{\prime\prime}</math> and
 
the associated 2-adic relation <math>M \subseteq X \times X,</math> the general pattern of whose common structure is represented by the following matrix:
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
| align="center" |
 
<math>
 
M \quad = \quad
 
\begin{bmatrix}
 
M_{aa}(a\!:\!a) & M_{ab}(a\!:\!b) & M_{ac}(a\!:\!c)
 
\\
 
M_{ba}(b\!:\!a) & M_{bb}(b\!:\!b) & M_{bc}(b\!:\!c)
 
\\
 
M_{ca}(c\!:\!a) & M_{cb}(c\!:\!b) & M_{cc}(c\!:\!c)
 
\end{bmatrix}
 
</math>
 
|}
 
 
For at least a little while longer, I will keep explicit the distinction between a ''relative term'' like <math>\mathit{m}\!</math> and a ''relation'' like <math>M \subseteq X \times X,</math> but it is best to view both these entities as involving different applications of the same information, and so we could just as easily write the following form:
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
| align="center" |
 
<math>
 
m \quad = \quad
 
\begin{bmatrix}
 
m_{aa}(a\!:\!a) & m_{ab}(a\!:\!b) & m_{ac}(a\!:\!c)
 
\\
 
m_{ba}(b\!:\!a) & m_{bb}(b\!:\!b) & m_{bc}(b\!:\!c)
 
\\
 
m_{ca}(c\!:\!a) & m_{cb}(c\!:\!b) & m_{cc}(c\!:\!c)
 
\end{bmatrix}
 
</math>
 
|}
 
 
By way of making up a concrete example, let us say that <math>\mathit{m}\!</math> or <math>M\!</math> is given as follows:
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
| align="center" |
 
<math>\begin{array}{l}
 
a ~\text{is a marker for}~ a
 
\\
 
a ~\text{is a marker for}~ b
 
\\
 
b ~\text{is a marker for}~ b
 
\\
 
b ~\text{is a marker for}~ c
 
\\
 
c ~\text{is a marker for}~ c
 
\\
 
c ~\text{is a marker for}~ a
 
\end{array}</math>
 
|}
 
 
In sum, then, the relative term <math>\mathit{m}\!</math> and the relation <math>M\!</math> are both represented by the following matrix:
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
| align="center" |
 
<math>\begin{bmatrix}
 
1 \cdot (a\!:\!a) & 1 \cdot (a\!:\!b) & 0 \cdot (a\!:\!c)
 
\\
 
0 \cdot (b\!:\!a) & 1 \cdot (b\!:\!b) & 1 \cdot (b\!:\!c)
 
\\
 
1 \cdot (c\!:\!a) & 0 \cdot (c\!:\!b) & 1 \cdot (c\!:\!c)
 
\end{bmatrix}</math>
 
|}
 
 
I think this much will serve to fix notation and set up the remainder of the discussion.
 
 
==Note 15==
 
 
In Peirce's time, and even in some circles of mathematics today, the information indicated by the elementary relatives <math>(i\!:\!j),</math> as the indices <math>i, j\!</math> range over the universe of discourse, would be referred to as the ''umbral elements'' of the algebraic operation represented by the matrix, though I seem to recall that Peirce preferred to call these terms the "ingredients".  When this ordered basis is understood well enough, one will tend to drop any mention of it from the matrix itself, leaving us nothing but these bare bones:
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
| align="center" |
 
<math>
 
M \quad = \quad
 
\begin{bmatrix}
 
1 & 1 & 0
 
\\
 
0 & 1 & 1
 
\\
 
1 & 0 & 1
 
\end{bmatrix}
 
</math>
 
|}
 
 
The various representations of <math>M\!</math> are nothing more than alternative ways of specifying its basic ingredients, namely, the following aggregate of elementary relatives:
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
| align="center" |
 
<math>\begin{array}{*{13}{c}}
 
M
 
& = & a\!:\!a
 
& + & b\!:\!b
 
& + & c\!:\!c
 
& + & a\!:\!b
 
& + & b\!:\!c
 
& + & c\!:\!a
 
\end{array}</math>
 
|}
 
 
Recognizing that <math>a\!:\!a + b\!:\!b + c\!:\!c</math> is the identity transformation otherwise known as <math>\mathit{1},\!</math> the 2-adic relative term <math>m = {}^{\backprime\backprime}\, \text{marker for}\, \underline{~~~~}\, {}^{\prime\prime}</math> can be parsed as an element <math>\mathit{1} + a\!:\!b + b\!:\!c + c\!:\!a</math> of the so-called ''group ring'', all of which makes this element just a special sort of linear transformation.
 
 
Up to this point, we are still reading the elementary relatives of the form <math>i\!:\!j</math> in the way that Peirce read them in logical contexts:  <math>i\!</math> is the relate, <math>j\!</math> is the correlate, and in our current example <math>i\!:\!j,</math> or more exactly, <math>m_{ij} = 1,\!</math> is taken to say that <math>i\!</math> is a marker for <math>j.\!</math>  This is the mode of reading that we call "multiplying on the left".
 
 
In the algebraic, permutational, or transformational contexts of application, however, Peirce converts to the alternative mode of reading, although still calling <math>i\!</math> the relate and <math>j\!</math> the correlate, the elementary relative <math>i\!:\!j</math> now means that <math>i\!</math> gets changed into <math>j.\!</math>  In this scheme of reading, the transformation <math>a\!:\!b + b\!:\!c + c\!:\!a</math> is a permutation of the aggregate <math>\mathbf{1} = a + b + c,</math> or what we would now call the set <math>\{ a, b, c \},\!</math> in particular, it is the permutation that is otherwise notated as follows:
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6"
 
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{Bmatrix}
 
a & b & c
 
\\
 
b & c & a
 
\end{Bmatrix}</math>
 
|}
 
 
This is consistent with the convention that Peirce uses in the paper "On a Class of Multiple Algebras" (CP 3.324&ndash;327).
 
 
==Note 16==
 
 
We've been exploring the applications of a certain technique for clarifying abstruse concepts, a rough-cut version of the pragmatic maxim that I've been accustomed to refer to as the ''operationalization'' of ideas.  The basic idea is to replace the question of ''What it is'', which modest people comprehend is far beyond their powers to answer definitively any time soon, with the question of ''What it does'', which most people know at least a modicum about.
 
 
In the case of regular representations of groups we found a non-plussing surplus of answers to sort our way through.  So let us track back one more time to see if we can learn any lessons that might carry over to more realistic cases.
 
 
Here is is the operation table of <math>V_4\!</math> once again:
 
 
<br>
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="border-left:1px solid black; border-top:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; text-align:center; width:60%"
 
|+ <math>\text{Klein Four-Group}~ V_4</math>
 
|- style="height:50px"
 
| width="12%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\cdot</math>
 
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 
<math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 
<math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 
<math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 
<math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 
|- style="height:50px"
 
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 
|- style="height:50px"
 
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 
|- style="height:50px"
 
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 
|- style="height:50px"
 
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 
| <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 
|}
 
 
<br>
 
 
A group operation table is really just a device for recording a certain 3-adic relation, to be specific, the set of triples of the form <math>(x, y, z)\!</math> satisfying the equation <math>x \cdot y = z.</math>
 
 
In the case of <math>V_4 = (G, \cdot),</math> where <math>G\!</math> is the ''underlying set'' <math>\{ \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{h} \},</math> we have the 3-adic relation <math>L(V_4) \subseteq G \times G \times G</math> whose triples are listed below:
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
| align="center" |
 
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
(\operatorname{e}, \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{e}) &
+
f_3
(\operatorname{e}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{f}) &
+
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{e}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{g}) &
+
f_{12}
(\operatorname{e}, \operatorname{h}, \operatorname{h})
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\\[6pt]
+
|
(\operatorname{f}, \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{f}) &
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
(\operatorname{f}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{e}) &
+
(p)
(\operatorname{f}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{h}) &
+
\\[4pt]
(\operatorname{f}, \operatorname{h}, \operatorname{g})
+
~p~
\\[6pt]
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
(\operatorname{g}, \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{g}) &
+
|
(\operatorname{g}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{h}) &
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
(\operatorname{g}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{e}) &
+
~p~
(\operatorname{g}, \operatorname{h}, \operatorname{f})
+
\\[4pt]
\\[6pt]
+
(p)
(\operatorname{h}, \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{h}) &
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
(\operatorname{h}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{g}) &
+
|
(\operatorname{h}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{f}) &
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
(\operatorname{h}, \operatorname{h}, \operatorname{e})
+
~p~
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\\[4pt]
|}
+
(p)
 
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
It is part of the definition of a group that the 3-adic relation <math>L \subseteq G^3</math> is actually a function <math>L : G \times G \to G.</math>  It is from this functional perspective that we can see an easy way to derive the two regular representations.  Since we have a function of the type <math>L : G \times G \to G,</math> we can define a couple of substitution operators:
+
|
 
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
+
(p)
| valign="top" | 1.
+
\\[4pt]
| <math>\operatorname{Sub}(x, (\underline{~~}, y))</math> puts any specified <math>x\!</math> into the empty slot of the rheme <math>(\underline{~~}, y),</math> with the effect of producing the saturated rheme <math>(x, y)\!</math> that evaluates to <math>xy.\!</math>
+
~p~
|-
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
| valign="top" | 2.
+
|
| <math>\operatorname{Sub}(x, (y, \underline{~~}))</math> puts any specified <math>x\!</math> into the empty slot of the rheme <math>(y, \underline{~~}),</math> with the effect of producing the saturated rheme <math>(y, x)\!</math> that evaluates to <math>yx.\!</math>
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
|}
+
(p)
 
+
\\[4pt]
In (1) we consider the effects of each <math>x\!</math> in its practical bearing on contexts of the form <math>(\underline{~~}, y),</math> as <math>y\!</math> ranges over <math>G,\!</math> and the effects are such that <math>x\!</math> takes <math>(\underline{~~}, y)</math> into <math>xy,\!</math> for <math>y\!</math> in <math>G,\!</math> all of which is notated as <math>x = \{ (y : xy) ~|~ y \in G \}.</math>  The pairs <math>(y : xy)\!</math> can be found by picking an <math>x\!</math> from the left margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each <math>y\!</math> in turn as these run across the top margin.  This aspect of pragmatic definition we recognize as the regular ante-representation:
+
~p~
 
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
+
|-
| align="center" |
+
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_6
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_9
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~(p,~q)~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p,~q))
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_5
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{10}
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~q~
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(q)
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~q~
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
~q~
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(q)
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(q)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
~q~
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
f_7
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{11}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{13}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
f_{14}
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
(~p~~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~~q~)
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{e}
+
((p)~q~)
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{f}
+
((p)(q))
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{g}
+
(~p~~q~)
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{h}
+
(~p~(q))
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
+
|
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|}
 
 
 
In (2) we consider the effects of each <math>x\!</math> in its practical bearing on contexts of the form <math>(y, \underline{~~}),</math> as <math>y\!</math> ranges over <math>G,\!</math> and the effects are such that <math>x\!</math> takes <math>(y, \underline{~~})</math> into <math>yx,\!</math> for <math>y\!</math> in <math>G,\!</math> all of which is notated as <math>x = \{ (y : yx) ~|~ y \in G \}.</math>  The pairs <math>(y : yx)\!</math> can be found by picking an <math>x\!</math> from the top margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each <math>y\!</math> in turn as these run down the left margin.  This aspect of pragmatic definition we recognize as the regular post-representation:
 
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
| align="center" |
 
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{e}
+
(~p~(q))
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{f}
+
(~p~~q~)
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{g}
+
((p)(q))
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{h}
+
((p)~q~)
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
+
|
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
+
(~p~~q~)
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\\[4pt]
 +
(~p~(q))
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)~q~)
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
((p)(q))
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
| <math>f_{15}\!</math>
 +
| <math>((~))\!</math>
 +
| <math>((~))\!</math>
 +
| <math>((~))\!</math>
 +
| <math>((~))\!</math>
 +
| <math>((~))\!</math>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| colspan="2" | <math>\text{Fixed Point Total}\!</math>
 +
| <math>4\!</math>
 +
| <math>4\!</math>
 +
| <math>4\!</math>
 +
| <math>16\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
If the ante-rep looks the same as the post-rep, now that I'm writing them in the same dialect, that is because <math>V_4\!</math> is abelian (commutative), and so the two representations have the very same effects on each point of their bearing.
+
<br>
  
==Note 17==
+
The shift operator <math>\mathrm{E}\!</math> can be understood as enacting a substitution operation on the propositional form <math>f(p, q)\!</math> that is given as its argument.  In our present focus on propositional forms that involve two variables, we have the following type specifications and definitions:
  
So long as we're in the neighborhood, we might as well take in some more of the sights, for instance, the smallest example of a non-abelian (non-commutative) group.  This is a group of six elements, say, <math>G = \{ \operatorname{e}, \operatorname{f}, \operatorname{g}, \operatorname{h}, \operatorname{i}, \operatorname{j} \},\!</math> with no relation to any other employment of these six symbols being implied, of course, and it can be most easily represented as the permutation group on a set of three letters, say, <math>X = \{ a, b, c \},\!</math> usually notated as <math>G = \operatorname{Sym}(X)</math> or more abstractly and briefly, as <math>\operatorname{Sym}(3)</math> or <math>S_3.\!</math>  The next Table shows the intended correspondence between abstract group elements and the permutation or substitution operations in <math>\operatorname{Sym}(X).</math>
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{lcl}
 +
\mathrm{E} ~:~ (X \to \mathbb{B})
 +
& \to &
 +
(\mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B})
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
\mathrm{E} ~:~ f(p, q)
 +
& \mapsto &
 +
\mathrm{E}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q)
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
\mathrm{E}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q)
 +
& = &
 +
f(p + \mathrm{d}p, q + \mathrm{d}q)
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
& = &
 +
f( \texttt{(} p, \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}, \texttt{(} q, \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} )
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 +
|}
  
<br>
+
Evaluating <math>\mathrm{E}f\!</math> at particular values of <math>\mathrm{d}p\!</math> and <math>\mathrm{d}q,\!</math> for example, <math>\mathrm{d}p = i\!</math> and <math>\mathrm{d}q = j,\!</math> where <math>i\!</math> and <math>j\!</math> are values in <math>\mathbb{B},\!</math> produces the following result:
  
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
|+ <math>\text{Permutation Substitutions in}~ \operatorname{Sym} \{ a, b, c \}</math>
 
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
 
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
 
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
 
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
 
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{i}</math>
 
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{j}</math>
 
|-
 
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
<math>\begin{array}{lclcl}
a & b & c
+
\mathrm{E}_{ij}
\\[3pt]
+
& : &
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
+
(X \to \mathbb{B})
 +
& \to &
 +
(X \to \mathbb{B})
 
\\[6pt]
 
\\[6pt]
a & b & c
+
\mathrm{E}_{ij}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
& : &
|
+
f
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
& \mapsto &
a & b & c
+
\mathrm{E}_{ij}f
\\[3pt]
 
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 
 
\\[6pt]
 
\\[6pt]
c & a & b
+
\mathrm{E}_{ij}f
\end{matrix}</math>
+
& = &
|
+
\mathrm{E}f|_{\mathrm{d}p = i, \mathrm{d}q = j}
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
& = &
a & b & c
+
f(p + i, q + j)
\\[3pt]
 
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 
 
\\[6pt]
 
\\[6pt]
b & c & a
+
&   &
\end{matrix}</math>
+
& = &
|
+
f( \texttt{(} p, i \texttt{)}, \texttt{(} q, j \texttt{)} )
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
\end{array}\!</math>
a & b & c
+
|}
\\[3pt]
+
 
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
+
The notation is a little awkward, but the data of Table&nbsp;A3 should make the sense clear.  The important thing to observe is that <math>\mathrm{E}_{ij}\!</math> has the effect of transforming each proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> into a proposition <math>f^\prime : X \to \mathbb{B}.\!</math>  As it happens, the action of each <math>\mathrm{E}_{ij}\!</math> is one-to-one and onto, so the gang of four operators <math>\{ \mathrm{E}_{ij} : i, j \in \mathbb{B} \}\!</math> is an example of what is called a ''transformation group'' on the set of sixteen propositions.  Bowing to a longstanding local and linear tradition, I will therefore redub the four elements of this group as <math>\mathrm{T}_{00}, \mathrm{T}_{01}, \mathrm{T}_{10}, \mathrm{T}_{11},\!</math> to bear in mind their transformative character, or nature, as the case may be.  Abstractly viewed, this group of order four has the following operation table:
\\[6pt]
+
 
a & c & b
+
<br>
\end{matrix}</math>
+
 
|
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="border-left:1px solid black; border-top:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; text-align:center; width:60%"
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
|- style="height:50px"
a & b & c
+
| width="12%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black" |
\\[3pt]
+
<math>\cdot\!</math>
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
+
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
\\[6pt]
+
<math>\mathrm{T}_{00}\!</math>
c & b & a
+
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
\end{matrix}</math>
+
<math>\mathrm{T}_{01}\!</math>
|
+
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
<math>\mathrm{T}_{10}\!</math>
a & b & c
+
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
\\[3pt]
+
<math>\mathrm{T}_{11}\!</math>
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
+
|- style="height:50px"
\\[6pt]
+
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\mathrm{T}_{00}\!</math>
b & a & c
+
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{00}\!</math>
\end{matrix}</math>
+
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{01}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{10}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{11}\!</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\mathrm{T}_{01}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{01}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{00}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{11}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{10}\!</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\mathrm{T}_{10}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{10}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{11}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{00}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{01}\!</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\mathrm{T}_{11}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{11}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{10}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{01}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{T}_{00}\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
<br>
 
<br>
  
Here is the operation table for <math>S_3,\!</math> given in abstract fashion:
+
It happens that there are just two possible groups of 4 elements.  One is the cyclic group <math>Z_4\!</math> (from German ''Zyklus''), which this is not.  The other is the Klein four-group <math>V_4\!</math> (from German ''Vier''), which this is.
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
+
More concretely viewed, the group as a whole pushes the set of sixteen propositions around in such a way that they fall into seven natural classes, called ''orbits''.  One says that the orbits are preserved by the action of the group.  There is an ''Orbit Lemma'' of immense utility to &ldquo;those who count&rdquo; which, depending on your upbringing, you may associate with the names of Burnside, Cauchy, Frobenius, or some subset or superset of these three, vouching that the number of orbits is equal to the mean number of fixed points, in other words, the total number of points (in our case, propositions) that are left unmoved by the separate operations, divided by the order of the group.  In this instance, <math>\mathrm{T}_{00}\!</math> operates as the group identity, fixing all 16 propositions, while the other three group elements fix 4 propositions each, and so we get: &nbsp; Number of Orbits &nbsp;=&nbsp; (4 + 4 + 4 + 16) &divide; 4 &nbsp;=&nbsp; 7. &nbsp; Amazing!
| <math>\text{Symmetric Group}~ S_3</math>
+
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" width="90%"
 +
|
 +
<p>Consider what effects that might ''conceivably'' have practical bearings you ''conceive'' the objects of your ''conception'' to have.  Then, your ''conception'' of those effects is the whole of your ''conception'' of the object.</p>
 
|-
 
|-
| [[Image:Symmetric Group S(3).jpg|500px]]
+
| align="right" | &mdash; Charles Sanders Peirce, &ldquo;Issues of Pragmaticism&rdquo;, (CP&nbsp;5.438)
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
One other subject that it would be opportune to mention at this point, while we have an object example of a mathematical group fresh in mind, is the relationship between the pragmatic maxim and what are commonly known in mathematics as ''representation principles''. As it turns out, with regard to its formal characteristics, the pragmatic maxim unites the aspects of a representation principle with the attributes of what would ordinarily be known as a ''closure principle''.  We will consider the form of closure that is invoked by the pragmatic maxim on another occasion, focusing here and now on the topic of group representations.
 +
 
 +
Let us return to the example of the ''four-group'' <math>V_4.\!</math>  We encountered this group in one of its concrete representations, namely, as a ''transformation group'' that acts on a set of objects, in this case a set of sixteen functions or propositions.  Forgetting about the set of objects that the group transforms among themselves, we may take the abstract view of the group's operational structure, for example, in the form of the group operation table copied here:
 +
 
 +
<br>
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="border-left:1px solid black; border-top:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; text-align:center; width:60%"
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| width="12%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\cdot\!</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\mathrm{e}\!</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\mathrm{f}\!</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\mathrm{g}\!</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\mathrm{h}\!</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\mathrm{e}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{e}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{f}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{g}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{h}\!</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\mathrm{f}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{f}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{e}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{h}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{g}\!</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\mathrm{g}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{g}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{h}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{e}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{f}\!</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\mathrm{h}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{h}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{g}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{f}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{e}\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
By the way, we will meet with the symmetric group <math>S_3\!</math> again when we return to take up the study of Peirce's early paper "On a Class of Multiple Algebras" (CP 3.324&ndash;327), and also his late unpublished work "The Simplest Mathematics" (1902) (CP 4.227&ndash;323), with particular reference to the section that treats of "Trichotomic Mathematics" (CP 4.307&ndash;323).
+
<br>
  
==Note 18==
+
This table is abstractly the same as, or isomorphic to, the versions with the <math>\mathrm{E}_{ij}\!</math> operators and the <math>\mathrm{T}_{ij}\!</math> transformations that we took up earlier.  That is to say, the story is the same, only the names have been changed.  An abstract group can have a variety of significantly and superficially different representations.  But even after we have long forgotten the details of any particular representation there is a type of concrete representations, called ''regular representations'', that are always readily available, as they can be generated from the mere data of the abstract operation table itself.
  
By way of collecting a short-term pay-off for all the work that we did on the regular representations of the Klein 4-group <math>V_4,\!</math> let us write out as quickly as possible in ''relative form'' a minimal budget of representations for the symmetric group on three letters, <math>\operatorname{Sym}(3).</math>  After doing the usual bit of compare and contrast among the various representations, we will have enough concrete material beneath our abstract belts to tackle a few of the presently obscured details of Peirce's early "Algebra + Logic" papers.
+
To see how a regular representation is constructed from the abstract operation table, select a group element from the top margin of the Table, and &ldquo;consider its effects&rdquo; on each of the group elements as they are listed along the left margin.  We may record these effects as Peirce usually did, as a ''logical aggregate'' of elementary dyadic relatives, that is, as a logical disjunction or boolean sum whose terms represent the ordered pairs of <math>\mathrm{input} : \mathrm{output}\!</math> transactions that are produced by each group element in turn. This forms one of the two possible ''regular representations'' of the group, in this case the one that is called the ''post-regular representation'' or the ''right regular representation''.  It has long been conventional to organize the terms of this logical aggregate in the form of a matrix:
  
Writing the permutations or substitutions of <math>\operatorname{Sym} \{ a, b, c \}</math> in relative form generates what is generally thought of as a ''natural representation'' of <math>S_3.\!</math>
+
Reading &ldquo;<math>+\!</math>&rdquo; as a logical disjunction:
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
| align="center" |
 
| align="center" |
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{e}
+
\mathrm{G}
& = & a\!:\!a
+
& = & \mathrm{e}
& + & b\!:\!b
+
& + & \mathrm{f}
& + & c\!:\!c
+
& + & \mathrm{g}
\\[4pt]
+
& + & \mathrm{h}
\operatorname{f}
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
& = & a\!:\!c
+
|}
& + & b\!:\!a
+
 
& + & c\!:\!b
+
And so, by expanding effects, we get:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| align="center" |
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\mathrm{G}
 +
& = & \mathrm{e}:\mathrm{e}
 +
& + & \mathrm{f}:\mathrm{f}
 +
& + & \mathrm{g}:\mathrm{g}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}:\mathrm{h}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{g}
+
& + & \mathrm{e}:\mathrm{f}
& = & a\!:\!b
+
& + & \mathrm{f}:\mathrm{e}
& + & b\!:\!c
+
& + & \mathrm{g}:\mathrm{h}
& + & c\!:\!a
+
& + & \mathrm{h}:\mathrm{g}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{h}
+
& + & \mathrm{e}:\mathrm{g}
& = & a\!:\!a
+
& + & \mathrm{f}:\mathrm{h}
& + & b\!:\!c
+
& + & \mathrm{g}:\mathrm{e}
& + & c\!:\!b
+
& + & \mathrm{h}:\mathrm{f}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
\operatorname{i}
+
& + & \mathrm{e}:\mathrm{h}
& = & a\!:\!c
+
& + & \mathrm{f}:\mathrm{g}
& + & b\!:\!b
+
& + & \mathrm{g}:\mathrm{f}
& + & c\!:\!a
+
& + & \mathrm{h}:\mathrm{e}
\\[4pt]
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\operatorname{j}
 
& = & a\!:\!b
 
& + & b\!:\!a
 
& + & c\!:\!c
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
I have without stopping to think about it written out this natural representation of <math>S_3\!</math> in the style that comes most naturally to me, to wit, the "right" way, whereby an ordered pair configured as <math>x\!:\!y</math> constitutes the turning of <math>x\!</math> into <math>y.\!</math>  It is possible that the next time we check in with CSP we will have to adjust our sense of direction, but that will be an easy enough bridge to cross when we come to it.
+
More on the pragmatic maxim as a representation principle later.
  
==Note 19==
+
The above-mentioned fact about the regular representations of a group is universally known as Cayley's Theorem, typically stated in the following form:
  
To construct the regular representations of <math>S_3,\!</math> we begin with the data of its operation table:
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| Every group is isomorphic to a subgroup of <math>\mathrm{Aut}(X),\!</math> the group of automorphisms of a suitably chosen set <math>X\!</math>.
 +
|}
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
+
There is a considerable generalization of these regular representations to a broad class of relational algebraic systems in Peirce's earliest papers.  The crux of the whole idea is this:
| <math>\text{Symmetric Group}~ S_3</math>
+
 
|-
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
| [[Image:Symmetric Group S(3).jpg|500px]]
+
| Contemplate the effects of the symbol whose meaning you wish to investigate as they play out on all the stages of conduct where you can imagine that symbol playing a role.
 
|}
 
|}
  
Just by way of staying clear about what we are doing, let's return to the recipe that we worked out before:
+
This idea of contextual definition by way of conduct transforming operators is basically the same as Jeremy Bentham's notion of ''paraphrasis'', a &ldquo;method of accounting for fictions by explaining various purported terms away&rdquo; (Quine, in Van Heijenoort, ''From Frege to Gödel'', p.&nbsp;216).  Today we'd call these constructions ''term models''.  This, again, is the big idea behind Schönfinkel's combinators <math>\mathrm{S}, \mathrm{K}, \mathrm{I},\!</math> and hence of lambda calculus, and I reckon you know where that leads.
 +
 
 +
The next few excursions in this series will provide a scenic tour of various ideas in group theory that will turn out to be of constant guidance in several of the settings that are associated with our topic.
  
It is part of the definition of a group that the 3-adic relation <math>L \subseteq G^3</math> is actually a function <math>L : G \times G \to G.</math>  It is from this functional perspective that we can see an easy way to derive the two regular representations.
+
Let me return to Peirce's early papers on the algebra of relatives to pick up the conventions that he used there, and then rewrite my account of regular representations in a way that conforms to those.
  
Since we have a function of the type <math>L : G \times G \to G,</math> we can define a couple of substitution operators:
+
Peirce describes the action of an &ldquo;elementary dual relative&rdquo; in this way:
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
| valign="top" | 1.
+
| Elementary simple relatives are connected together in systems of four. For if <math>\mathrm{A}\!:\!\mathrm{B}\!</math> be taken to denote the elementary relative which multiplied into <math>\mathrm{B}\!</math> gives <math>\mathrm{A},\!</math> then this relation existing as elementary, we have the four elementary relatives
| <math>\operatorname{Sub}(x, (\underline{~~}, y))</math> puts any specified <math>x\!</math> into the empty slot of the rheme <math>(\underline{~~}, y),</math> with the effect of producing the saturated rheme <math>(x, y)\!</math> that evaluates to <math>xy.\!</math>
+
|-
 +
| align="center" | <math>\mathrm{A}\!:\!\mathrm{A} \qquad \mathrm{A}\!:\!\mathrm{B} \qquad \mathrm{B}\!:\!\mathrm{A} \qquad \mathrm{B}\!:\!\mathrm{B}.\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
| valign="top" | 2.
+
| C.S. Peirce, ''Collected Papers'', CP&nbsp;3.123.
| <math>\operatorname{Sub}(x, (y, \underline{~~}))</math> puts any specified <math>x\!</math> into the empty slot of the rheme <math>(y, \underline{~~}),</math> with the effect of producing the saturated rheme <math>(y, x)\!</math> that evaluates to <math>yx.\!</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
In (1) we consider the effects of each <math>x\!</math> in its practical bearing on contexts of the form <math>(\underline{~~}, y),</math> as <math>y\!</math> ranges over <math>G,\!</math> and the effects are such that <math>x\!</math> takes <math>(\underline{~~}, y)</math> into <math>xy,\!</math> for <math>y\!</math> in <math>G,\!</math> all of which is notated as <math>x = \{ (y : xy) ~|~ y \in G \}.</math>  The pairs <math>(y : xy)\!</math> can be found by picking an <math>x\!</math> from the left margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each <math>y\!</math> in turn as these run along the right margin.  This produces the ''regular ante-representation'' of <math>S_3,\!</math> like so:
+
Peirce is well aware that it is not at all necessary to arrange the elementary relatives of a relation into arrays, matrices, or tables, but when he does so he tends to prefer organizing 2-adic relations in the following manner:
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
|
+
| align="center" |
<math>\begin{array}{*{13}{c}}
+
<math>\begin{bmatrix}
\operatorname{e}
+
a\!:\!a & a\!:\!b & a\!:\!c
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
+
\\
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
+
b\!:\!a & b\!:\!b & b\!:\!c
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
+
\\
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
+
c\!:\!a & c\!:\!b & c\!:\!c
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
+
\end{bmatrix}\!</math>
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{f}
 
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{g}
 
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{h}
 
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{i}
 
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{j}
 
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
\end{array}</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
In (2) we consider the effects of each <math>x\!</math> in its practical bearing on contexts of the form <math>(y, \underline{~~}),</math> as <math>y\!</math> ranges over <math>G,\!</math> and the effects are such that <math>x\!</math> takes <math>(y, \underline{~~})</math> into <math>yx,\!</math> for <math>y\!</math> in <math>G,\!</math> all of which is notated as <math>x = \{ (y : yx) ~|~ y \in G \}.</math>  The pairs <math>(y : yx)\!</math> can be found by picking an <math>x\!</math> on the right margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each <math>y\!</math> in turn as these run along the left margin.  This produces the ''regular post-representation'' of <math>S_3,\!</math> like so:
+
For example, given the set <math>X = \{ a, b, c \},\!</math> suppose that we have the 2-adic relative term <math>\mathit{m} = {}^{\backprime\backprime}\, \text{marker for}\, \underline{~ ~ ~}\, {}^{\prime\prime}~\!</math> and the associated 2-adic relation <math>M \subseteq X \times X,\!</math> the general pattern of whose common structure is represented by the following matrix:
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
|
+
| align="center" |
<math>\begin{array}{*{13}{c}}
+
<math>
\operatorname{e}
+
M \quad = \quad
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
+
\begin{bmatrix}
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
+
M_{aa}(a\!:\!a) & M_{ab}(a\!:\!b) & M_{ac}(a\!:\!c)
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
+
\\
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
+
M_{ba}(b\!:\!a) & M_{bb}(b\!:\!b) & M_{bc}(b\!:\!c)
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
+
\\
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
+
M_{ca}(c\!:\!a) & M_{cb}(c\!:\!b) & M_{cc}(c\!:\!c)
\\[4pt]
+
\end{bmatrix}
\operatorname{f}
+
\!</math>
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{g}
 
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{h}
 
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{i}
 
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{j}
 
& = & \operatorname{e}\!:\!\operatorname{j}
 
& + & \operatorname{f}\!:\!\operatorname{i}
 
& + & \operatorname{g}\!:\!\operatorname{h}
 
& + & \operatorname{h}\!:\!\operatorname{g}
 
& + & \operatorname{i}\!:\!\operatorname{f}
 
& + & \operatorname{j}\!:\!\operatorname{e}
 
\end{array}</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
If the ante-rep looks different from the post-rep, it is just as it should be, as <math>S_3\!</math> is non-abelian (non-commutative), and so the two representations differ in the details of their practical effects, though, of course, being representations of the same abstract group, they must be isomorphic.
+
For at least a little while longer, I will keep explicit the distinction between a ''relative term'' like <math>\mathit{m}\!</math> and a ''relation'' like <math>M \subseteq X \times X,\!</math> but it is best to view both these entities as involving different applications of the same information, and so we could just as easily write the following form:
  
==Note 20==
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
+
| align="center" |
{| cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2" width="100%"
+
<math>
| width="60%" | &nbsp;
+
m \quad = \quad
| width="40%" |
+
\begin{bmatrix}
the way of heaven and earth<br>
+
m_{aa}(a\!:\!a) & m_{ab}(a\!:\!b) & m_{ac}(a\!:\!c)
is to be long continued<br>
+
\\
in their operation<br>
+
m_{ba}(b\!:\!a) & m_{bb}(b\!:\!b) & m_{bc}(b\!:\!c)
without stopping
+
\\
|-
+
m_{ca}(c\!:\!a) & m_{cb}(c\!:\!b) & m_{cc}(c\!:\!c)
| height="50px" | &nbsp;
+
\end{bmatrix}
| valign="top"  | &mdash; i ching, hexagram 32
+
\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
The Reader may be wondering what happened to the announced subject of ''Dynamics And Logic''.  What happened was a bit like this:
+
By way of making up a concrete example, let us say that <math>\mathit{m}\!</math> or <math>M\!</math> is given as follows:
  
We made the observation that the shift operators <math>\{ \operatorname{E}_{ij} \}</math> form a transformation group that acts on the set of propositions of the form <math>f : \mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B}.</math> Group theory is a very attractive subject, but it did not draw us so far from our intended course as one might initially think.  For one thing, groups, especially the groups that are named after the Norwegian mathematician [http://www-history.mcs.st-andrews.ac.uk/Biographies/Lie.html Marius Sophus Lie (1842&ndash;1899)], have turned out to be of critical utility in the solution of differential equations.  For another thing, group operations provide us with an ample supply of triadic relations that have been extremely well-studied over the years, and thus they give us no small measure of useful guidance in the study of sign relations, another brand of 3-adic relations that have significance for logical studies, and in our acquaintance with which we have barely begun to break the ice.  Finally, I couldn't resist taking up the links between group representations, amounting to the very archetypes of logical models, and the pragmatic maxim.
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
+
| align="center" |
==Note 21==
+
<math>\begin{array}{l}
 
+
a ~\text{is a marker for}~ a
We've seen a couple of groups, <math>V_4\!</math> and <math>S_3,\!</math> represented in various ways, and we've seen their representations presented in a variety of different manners.  Let us look at one other stylistic variant for presenting a representation that is frequently seen, the so-called ''matrix representation'' of a group.
+
\\
 +
a ~\text{is a marker for}~ b
 +
\\
 +
b ~\text{is a marker for}~ b
 +
\\
 +
b ~\text{is a marker for}~ c
 +
\\
 +
c ~\text{is a marker for}~ c
 +
\\
 +
c ~\text{is a marker for}~ a
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
In sum, then, the relative term <math>\mathit{m}\!</math> and the relation <math>M\!</math> are both represented by the following matrix:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| align="center" |
 +
<math>\begin{bmatrix}
 +
1 \cdot (a\!:\!a) & 1 \cdot (a\!:\!b) & 0 \cdot (a\!:\!c)
 +
\\
 +
0 \cdot (b\!:\!a) & 1 \cdot (b\!:\!b) & 1 \cdot (b\!:\!c)
 +
\\
 +
1 \cdot (c\!:\!a) & 0 \cdot (c\!:\!b) & 1 \cdot (c\!:\!c)
 +
\end{bmatrix}\!</math>
 +
|}
  
Recalling the manner of our acquaintance with the symmetric group <math>S_3,\!</math> we began with the ''bigraph'' (bipartite graph) picture of its natural representation as the set of all permutations or substitutions on the set <math>X = \{ a, b, c \}.\!</math>
+
I think this much will serve to fix notation and set up the remainder of the discussion.
  
<br>
+
In Peirce's time, and even in some circles of mathematics today, the information indicated by the elementary relatives <math>(i\!:\!j),\!</math> as the indices <math>i, j\!</math> range over the universe of discourse, would be referred to as the ''umbral elements'' of the algebraic operation represented by the matrix, though I seem to recall that Peirce preferred to call these terms the &ldquo;ingredients&rdquo;.  When this ordered basis is understood well enough, one will tend to drop any mention of it from the matrix itself, leaving us nothing but these bare bones:
  
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
|+ <math>\text{Permutation Substitutions in}~ \operatorname{Sym} \{ a, b, c \}</math>
+
| align="center" |
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
+
<math>
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
+
M \quad = \quad
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
+
\begin{bmatrix}
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
+
1 & 1 & 0
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
+
\\
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{i}</math>
+
0 & 1 & 1
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{j}</math>
+
\\
|-
+
1 & 0 & 1
|
+
\end{bmatrix}
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
\!</math>
a & b & c
+
|}
\\[3pt]
+
 
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
+
The various representations of <math>M\!</math> are nothing more than alternative ways of specifying its basic ingredients, namely, the following aggregate of elementary relatives:
\\[6pt]
+
 
a & b & c
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
\end{matrix}</math>
+
| align="center" |
 +
<math>\begin{array}{*{13}{c}}
 +
M
 +
& = & a\!:\!a
 +
& + & b\!:\!b
 +
& + & c\!:\!c
 +
& + & a\!:\!b
 +
& + & b\!:\!c
 +
& + & c\!:\!a
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
Recognizing that <math>a\!:\!a + b\!:\!b + c\!:\!c\!</math> is the identity transformation otherwise known as <math>\mathit{1},\!</math> the 2-adic relative term <math>m = {}^{\backprime\backprime}\, \text{marker for}\, \underline{~ ~ ~}\, {}^{\prime\prime}~\!</math> can be parsed as an element <math>\mathit{1} + a\!:\!b + b\!:\!c + c\!:\!a\!</math> of the so-called ''group ring'', all of which makes this element just a special sort of linear transformation.
 +
 
 +
Up to this point, we are still reading the elementary relatives of the form <math>i\!:\!j\!</math> in the way that Peirce read them in logical contexts:&nbsp; <math>i\!</math> is the relate, <math>j\!</math> is the correlate, and in our current example <math>i\!:\!j,\!</math> or more exactly, <math>m_{ij} = 1,\!</math> is taken to say that <math>i\!</math> is a marker for <math>j.\!</math>&nbsp; This is the mode of reading that we call &ldquo;multiplying on the left&rdquo;.
 +
 
 +
In the algebraic, permutational, or transformational contexts of application, however, Peirce converts to the alternative mode of reading, although still calling <math>i\!</math> the relate and <math>j\!</math> the correlate, the elementary relative <math>i\!:\!j\!</math> now means that <math>i\!</math> gets changed into <math>j.\!</math>  In this scheme of reading, the transformation <math>a\!:\!b + b\!:\!c + c\!:\!a\!</math> is a permutation of the aggregate <math>\mathbf{1} = a + b + c,\!</math> or what we would now call the set <math>\{ a, b, c \},\!</math> in particular, it is the permutation that is otherwise notated as follows:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="6"
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
<math>\begin{Bmatrix}
 
a & b & c
 
a & b & c
\\[3pt]
+
\\
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 
\\[6pt]
 
c & a & b
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
a & b & c
 
\\[3pt]
 
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 
\\[6pt]
 
 
b & c & a
 
b & c & a
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\end{Bmatrix}\!</math>
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
a & b & c
 
\\[3pt]
 
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 
\\[6pt]
 
a & c & b
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
a & b & c
 
\\[3pt]
 
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 
\\[6pt]
 
c & b & a
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
a & b & c
 
\\[3pt]
 
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 
\\[6pt]
 
b & a & c
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
<br>
+
This is consistent with the convention that Peirce uses in the paper &ldquo;On a Class of Multiple Algebras&rdquo; (CP&nbsp;3.324&ndash;327).
  
These permutations were then converted to relative form as logical sums of elementary relatives:
+
We've been exploring the applications of a certain technique for clarifying abstruse concepts, a rough-cut version of the pragmatic maxim that I've been accustomed to refer to as the ''operationalization'' of ideas.  The basic idea is to replace the question of ''What it is'', which modest people comprehend is far beyond their powers to answer definitively any time soon, with the question of ''What it does'', which most people know at least a modicum about.
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
+
In the case of regular representations of groups we found a non-plussing surplus of answers to sort our way through.  So let us track back one more time to see if we can learn any lessons that might carry over to more realistic cases.
| align="center" |
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
\operatorname{e}
 
& = & a\!:\!a
 
& + & b\!:\!b
 
& + & c\!:\!c
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{f}
 
& = & a\!:\!c
 
& + & b\!:\!a
 
& + & c\!:\!b
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{g}
 
& = & a\!:\!b
 
& + & b\!:\!c
 
& + & c\!:\!a
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{h}
 
& = & a\!:\!a
 
& + & b\!:\!c
 
& + & c\!:\!b
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{i}
 
& = & a\!:\!c
 
& + & b\!:\!b
 
& + & c\!:\!a
 
\\[4pt]
 
\operatorname{j}
 
& = & a\!:\!b
 
& + & b\!:\!a
 
& + & c\!:\!c
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|}
 
  
From the relational representation of <math>\operatorname{Sym} \{ a, b, c \} \cong S_3,</math> one easily derives a ''linear representation'' of the group by viewing each permutation as a linear transformation that maps the elements of a suitable vector space onto each other.  Each of these linear transformations is in turn represented by a 2-dimensional array of coefficients in <math>\mathbb{B},</math> resulting in the following set of matrices for the group:
+
Here is is the operation table of <math>V_4\!</math> once again:
  
 
<br>
 
<br>
  
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="background:#f8f8ff; text-align:center; width:90%"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" style="border-left:1px solid black; border-top:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black; border-bottom:1px solid black; text-align:center; width:60%"
|+ <math>\text{Matrix Representations of Permutations in}~ \operatorname{Sym}(3)</math>
+
|+ <math>\text{Klein Four-Group}~ V_4\!</math>
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
+
|- style="height:50px"
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{e}</math>
+
| width="12%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black; border-right:1px solid black" |
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{f}</math>
+
<math>\cdot\!</math>
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{g}</math>
+
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{h}</math>
+
<math>\mathrm{e}\!</math>
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{i}</math>
+
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
| width="16%" | <math>\operatorname{j}</math>
+
<math>\mathrm{f}\!</math>
|-
+
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
|
+
<math>\mathrm{g}\!</math>
 +
| width="22%" style="border-bottom:1px solid black" |
 +
<math>\mathrm{h}\!</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\mathrm{e}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{e}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{f}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{g}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{h}\!</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\mathrm{f}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{f}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{e}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{h}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{g}\!</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\mathrm{g}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{g}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{h}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{e}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{f}\!</math>
 +
|- style="height:50px"
 +
| style="border-right:1px solid black" | <math>\mathrm{h}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{h}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{g}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{f}\!</math>
 +
| <math>\mathrm{e}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
<br>
 +
 
 +
A group operation table is really just a device for recording a certain 3-adic relation, to be specific, the set of triples of the form <math>(x, y, z)\!</math> satisfying the equation <math>x \cdot y = z.\!</math>
 +
 
 +
In the case of <math>V_4 = (G, \cdot),\!</math> where <math>G\!</math> is the ''underlying set'' <math>\{ \mathrm{e}, \mathrm{f}, \mathrm{g}, \mathrm{h} \},\!</math> we have the 3-adic relation <math>L(V_4) \subseteq G \times G \times G\!</math> whose triples are listed below:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| align="center" |
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
1 & 0 & 0
+
(\mathrm{e}, \mathrm{e}, \mathrm{e}) &
\\
+
(\mathrm{e}, \mathrm{f}, \mathrm{f}) &
0 & 1 & 0
+
(\mathrm{e}, \mathrm{g}, \mathrm{g}) &
\\
+
(\mathrm{e}, \mathrm{h}, \mathrm{h})
0 & 0 & 1
+
\\[6pt]
\end{matrix}</math>
+
(\mathrm{f}, \mathrm{e}, \mathrm{f}) &
|
+
(\mathrm{f}, \mathrm{f}, \mathrm{e}) &
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
(\mathrm{f}, \mathrm{g}, \mathrm{h}) &
0 & 0 & 1
+
(\mathrm{f}, \mathrm{h}, \mathrm{g})
\\
+
\\[6pt]
1 & 0 & 0
+
(\mathrm{g}, \mathrm{e}, \mathrm{g}) &
\\
+
(\mathrm{g}, \mathrm{f}, \mathrm{h}) &
0 & 1 & 0
+
(\mathrm{g}, \mathrm{g}, \mathrm{e}) &
\end{matrix}</math>
+
(\mathrm{g}, \mathrm{h}, \mathrm{f})
|
+
\\[6pt]
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
(\mathrm{h}, \mathrm{e}, \mathrm{h}) &
0 & 1 & 0
+
(\mathrm{h}, \mathrm{f}, \mathrm{g}) &
\\
+
(\mathrm{h}, \mathrm{g}, \mathrm{f}) &
0 & 0 & 1
+
(\mathrm{h}, \mathrm{h}, \mathrm{e})
\\
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
1 & 0 & 0
+
|}
\end{matrix}</math>
+
 
|
+
It is part of the definition of a group that the 3-adic relation <math>L \subseteq G^3\!</math> is actually a function <math>L : G \times G \to G.\!</math>  It is from this functional perspective that we can see an easy way to derive the two regular representations.  Since we have a function of the type <math>L : G \times G \to G,\!</math> we can define a couple of substitution operators:
<math>\begin{matrix}
+
 
1 & 0 & 0
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
\\
+
| valign="top" | 1.
0 & 0 & 1
+
| <math>\mathrm{Sub}(x, (\underline{~~}, y))\!</math> puts any specified <math>x\!</math> into the empty slot of the rheme <math>(\underline{~~}, y),\!</math> with the effect of producing the saturated rheme <math>(x, y)\!</math> that evaluates to <math>xy.~\!</math>
\\
+
|-
0 & 1 & 0
+
| valign="top" | 2.
\end{matrix}</math>
+
| <math>\mathrm{Sub}(x, (y, \underline{~~}))\!</math> puts any specified <math>x\!</math> into the empty slot of the rheme <math>(y, \underline{~~}),\!</math> with the effect of producing the saturated rheme <math>(y, x)\!</math> that evaluates to <math>yx.~\!</math>
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
0 & 0 & 1
 
\\
 
0 & 1 & 0
 
\\
 
1 & 0 & 0
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
0 & 1 & 0
 
\\
 
1 & 0 & 0
 
\\
 
0 & 0 & 1
 
\end{matrix}</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
<br>
+
In (1) we consider the effects of each <math>x\!</math> in its practical bearing on contexts of the form <math>(\underline{~~}, y),\!</math> as <math>y\!</math> ranges over <math>G,\!</math> and the effects are such that <math>x\!</math> takes <math>(\underline{~~}, y)\!</math> into <math>xy,\!</math> for <math>y\!</math> in <math>G,\!</math> all of which is notated as <math>x = \{ (y : xy) ~|~ y \in G \}.\!</math>  The pairs <math>(y : xy)\!</math> can be found by picking an <math>x\!</math> from the left margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each <math>y\!</math> in turn as these run across the top margin.  This aspect of pragmatic definition we recognize as the regular ante-representation:
 
 
The key to the mysteries of these matrices is revealed by observing that their coefficient entries are arrayed and overlaid on a place-mat marked like so:
 
  
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 
| align="center" |
 
| align="center" |
<math>\begin{bmatrix}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
a\!:\!a &
+
\mathrm{e}
a\!:\!b &
+
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
a\!:\!c
+
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
\\
+
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
b\!:\!a &
+
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
b\!:\!b &
+
\\[4pt]
b\!:\!c
+
\mathrm{f}
\\
+
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
c\!:\!a &
+
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
c\!:\!b &
+
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
c\!:\!c
+
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
\end{bmatrix}</math>
+
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{g}
 +
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
 +
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
 +
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{h}
 +
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
 +
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
 +
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
==Note 22==
+
In (2) we consider the effects of each <math>x\!</math> in its practical bearing on contexts of the form <math>(y, \underline{~~}),\!</math> as <math>y\!</math> ranges over <math>G,\!</math> and the effects are such that <math>x\!</math> takes <math>(y, \underline{~~})\!</math> into <math>yx,\!</math> for <math>y\!</math> in <math>G,\!</math> all of which is notated as <math>x = \{ (y : yx) ~|~ y \in G \}.\!</math>  The pairs <math>(y : yx)\!</math> can be found by picking an <math>x\!</math> from the top margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each <math>y\!</math> in turn as these run down the left margin.  This aspect of pragmatic definition we recognize as the regular post-representation:
  
Let us summarize, in rough but intuitive terms, the outlook on differential logic that we have reached so far.  We've been considering a class of operators on universes of discourse, each of which takes us from considering one universe of discourse, <math>X^\circ,</math> to considering a larger universe of discourse, <math>\operatorname{E}X^\circ.</math>  An operator <math>\operatorname{W}</math> of this general type, namely,<math>\operatorname{W} : X^\circ \to \operatorname{E}X^\circ,</math> acts on each proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> of the source universe <math>X^\circ</math> to produce a proposition <math>\operatorname{W}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math> of the target universe <math>\operatorname{E}X^\circ.</math>
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
 +
| align="center" |
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\mathrm{e}
 +
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
 +
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
 +
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{f}
 +
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
 +
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
 +
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{g}
 +
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
 +
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
 +
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{h}
 +
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
 +
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
 +
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|}
  
The two main operators that we've examined so far are the enlargement or shift operator <math>\operatorname{E} : X^\circ \to \operatorname{E}X^\circ</math> and the difference operator <math>\operatorname{D} : X^\circ \to \operatorname{E}X^\circ.</math>  The operators <math>\operatorname{E}</math> and <math>\operatorname{D}</math> act on propositions in <math>X^\circ,</math> that is, propositions of the form <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> that are said to be ''about'' the subject matter of <math>X,\!</math> and they produce extended propositions of the forms <math>\operatorname{E}f, \operatorname{D}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B},</math> propositions whose extended sets of variables allow them to be read as being about specified collections of changes that conceivably occur in <math>X.\!</math>
+
If the ante-rep looks the same as the post-rep, now that I'm writing them in the same dialect, that is because <math>V_4\!</math> is abelian (commutative), and so the two representations have the very same effects on each point of their bearing.
  
At this point we find ourselves in need of visual representations, suitable arrays of concrete pictures to anchor our more earthy intuitions and to help us keep our wits about us as we venture higher into the ever more rarefied air of abstractions.
+
So long as we're in the neighborhood, we might as well take in some more of the sights, for instance, the smallest example of a non-abelian (non-commutative) group.  This is a group of six elements, say, <math>G = \{ \mathrm{e}, \mathrm{f}, \mathrm{g}, \mathrm{h}, \mathrm{i}, \mathrm{j} \},\!</math> with no relation to any other employment of these six symbols being implied, of course, and it can be most easily represented as the permutation group on a set of three letters, say, <math>X = \{ a, b, c \},\!</math> usually notated as <math>G = \mathrm{Sym}(X)\!</math> or more abstractly and briefly, as <math>\mathrm{Sym}(3)\!</math> or <math>S_3.\!</math>  The next Table shows the intended correspondence between abstract group elements and the permutation or substitution operations in <math>\mathrm{Sym}(X).\!</math>
  
One good picture comes to us by way of the ''field'' concept.  Given a space <math>X,\!</math> a ''field'' of a specified type <math>Y\!</math> over <math>X\!</math> is formed by associating with each point of <math>X\!</math> an object of type <math>Y.\!</math>  If that sounds like the same thing as a function from <math>X\!</math> to the space of things of type <math>Y\!</math> &mdash; it is nothing but &mdash; and yet it does seem helpful to vary the mental images and to take advantage of the figures of speech that spring to mind under the emblem of this field idea.
+
<br>
  
In the field picture, a proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> becomes a ''scalar field'', that is, a field of values in <math>\mathbb{B}.</math>
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
 
+
|+ <math>\text{Permutation Substitutions in}~ \mathrm{Sym} \{ a, b, c \}\!</math>
Let us take a moment to view an old proposition in this new light, for example, the logical conjunction <math>pq : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> pictured in Figure&nbsp;22-a.
+
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 
+
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{e}\!</math>
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
+
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{f}\!</math>
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
+
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{g}\!</math>
|-
+
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{h}\!</math>
| <math>\text{Figure 22-a.  Conjunction}~ pq : X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
+
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{i}~\!</math>
|}
+
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{j}\!</math>
 
 
Each of the operators <math>\operatorname{E}, \operatorname{D} : X^\circ \to \operatorname{E}X^\circ</math> takes us from considering propositions <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B},</math> here viewed as ''scalar fields'' over <math>X,\!</math> to considering the corresponding ''differential fields'' over <math>X,\!</math> analogous to what are usually called ''vector fields'' over <math>X.\!</math>
 
 
 
The structure of these differential fields can be described this way.  With each point of <math>X\!</math> there is associated an object of the following type:  a proposition about changes in <math>X,\!</math> that is, a proposition <math>g : \operatorname{d}X \to \mathbb{B}.</math> In this frame of reference, if <math>X^\circ</math> is the universe that is generated by the set of coordinate propositions <math>\{ p, q \},\!</math> then <math>\operatorname{d}X^\circ</math> is the differential universe that is generated by the set of differential propositions <math>\{ \operatorname{d}p, \operatorname{d}q \}.</math>  These differential propositions may be interpreted as indicating <math>{}^{\backprime\backprime} \text{change in}\, p \, {}^{\prime\prime}</math> and <math>{}^{\backprime\backprime} \text{change in}\, q \, {}^{\prime\prime},</math> respectively.
 
 
 
A differential operator <math>\operatorname{W},</math> of the first order class that we have been considering, takes a proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> and gives back a differential proposition <math>\operatorname{W}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.</math>  In the field view, we see the proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> as a scalar field and we see the differential proposition <math>\operatorname{W}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math> as a vector field, specifically, a field of propositions about contemplated changes in <math>X.\!</math>
 
 
 
The field of changes produced by <math>\operatorname{E}</math> on <math>pq\!</math> is shown in Figure&nbsp;22-b.
 
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Enlargement Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
 
|-
 
| <math>\text{Figure 22-b.  Enlargement}~ \operatorname{E}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
 
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{E}(pq)
+
a & b & c
& = &
+
\\[3pt]
p
+
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
& \cdot &
+
\\[6pt]
q
+
a & b & c
& \cdot &
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
+
|
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
\\[4pt]
+
a & b & c
& + &
+
\\[3pt]
p
+
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
& \cdot &
+
\\[6pt]
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
+
c & a & b
& \cdot &
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
+
|
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
\\[4pt]
+
a & b & c
& + &
+
\\[3pt]
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
+
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
& \cdot &
+
\\[6pt]
q
+
b & c & a
& \cdot &
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
+
|
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
\\[4pt]
+
a & b & c
& + &
+
\\[3pt]
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
+
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
& \cdot &
+
\\[6pt]
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
+
a & c & b
& \cdot &
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
+
|
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
\end{array}</math>
+
a & b & c
 +
\\[3pt]
 +
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
c & b & a
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
a & b & c
 +
\\[3pt]
 +
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
 +
\\[6pt]
 +
b & a & c
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
The differential field <math>\operatorname{E}(pq)</math> specifies the changes that need to be made from each point of <math>X\!</math> in order to reach one of the models of the proposition <math>pq,\!</math> that is, in order to satisfy the proposition <math>pq.\!</math>
+
<br>
  
The field of changes produced by <math>\operatorname{D}\!</math> on <math>pq\!</math> is shown in Figure&nbsp;22-c.
+
Here is the operation table for <math>S_3,\!</math> given in abstract fashion:
  
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Difference Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
+
| <math>\text{Symmetric Group}~ S_3\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
| <math>\text{Figure 22-c.  Difference}~ \operatorname{D}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
+
| [[Image:Symmetric Group S(3).jpg|500px]]
|-
+
|}
|
+
 
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
+
By the way, we will meet with the symmetric group <math>S_3~\!</math> again when we return to take up the study of Peirce's early paper &ldquo;On a Class of Multiple Algebras&rdquo; (CP&nbsp;3.324&ndash;327), and also his late unpublished work &ldquo;The Simplest Mathematics&rdquo; (1902) (CP&nbsp;4.227&ndash;323), with particular reference to the section that treats of &ldquo;Trichotomic Mathematics&rdquo; (CP&nbsp;4.307&ndash;323).
\operatorname{D}(pq)
+
 
& = &
+
By way of collecting a short-term pay-off for all the work that we did on the regular representations of the Klein 4-group <math>V_4,\!</math> let us write out as quickly as possible in ''relative form'' a minimal budget of representations for the symmetric group on three letters, <math>\mathrm{Sym}(3).\!</math>  After doing the usual bit of compare and contrast among the various representations, we will have enough concrete material beneath our abstract belts to tackle a few of the presently obscured details of Peirce's early &ldquo;Algebra + Logic&rdquo; papers.
p
+
 
& \cdot &
+
Writing the permutations or substitutions of <math>\mathrm{Sym} \{ a, b, c \}\!</math> in relative form generates what is generally thought of as a ''natural representation'' of <math>S_3.~\!</math>
q
+
 
& \cdot &
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
\texttt{(}
+
| align="center" |
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
+
\mathrm{e}
\texttt{)}
+
& = & a\!:\!a
 +
& + & b\!:\!b
 +
& + & c\!:\!c
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
& + &
+
\mathrm{f}
p
+
& = & a\!:\!c
& \cdot &
+
& + & b\!:\!a
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
+
& + & c\!:\!b
& \cdot &
 
\texttt{~}
 
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
 
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
 
\texttt{~}
 
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
& + &
+
\mathrm{g}
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
+
& = & a\!:\!b
& \cdot &
+
& + & b\!:\!c
q
+
& + & c\!:\!a
& \cdot &
+
\\[4pt]
\texttt{~}
+
\mathrm{h}
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
+
& = & a\!:\!a
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
+
& + & b\!:\!c
\texttt{~}
+
& + & c\!:\!b
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{i}
 +
& = & a\!:\!c
 +
& + & b\!:\!b
 +
& + & c\!:\!a
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
& + &
+
\mathrm{j}
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
+
& = & a\!:\!b
& \cdot &
+
& + & b\!:\!a
\texttt{(}q \texttt{)}
+
& + & c\!:\!c
& \cdot &
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\texttt{~}
 
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
 
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
 
\texttt{~}
 
\end{array}</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
The differential field <math>\operatorname{D}(pq)</math> specifies the changes that need to be made from each point of <math>X\!</math> in order to feel a change in the felt value of the field <math>pq.\!</math>
+
I have without stopping to think about it written out this natural representation of <math>S_3~\!</math> in the style that comes most naturally to me, to wit, the &ldquo;right&rdquo; way, whereby an ordered pair configured as <math>x\!:\!y\!</math> constitutes the turning of <math>x\!</math> into <math>y.\!</math> It is possible that the next time we check in with CSP we will have to adjust our sense of direction, but that will be an easy enough bridge to cross when we come to it.
  
==Note 23==
+
To construct the regular representations of <math>S_3,~\!</math> we begin with the data of its operation table:
  
I want to continue developing the basic tools of differential logic, which arose from exploring the connections between dynamics and logic, but I also wanted to give some hint of the applications that have motivated this work all along.  One of these applications is to cybernetic systems, whether we see these systems as agents or cultures, individuals or species, organisms or organizations.
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
| <math>\text{Symmetric Group}~ S_3\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
| [[Image:Symmetric Group S(3).jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
  
A cybernetic system has goals and actions for reaching them.  It has a state space <math>X,\!</math> giving us all of the states that the system can be in, plus it has a goal space <math>G \subseteq X,</math> the set of  states that the system "likes" to be in, in other words, the distinguished subset of possible states where the system is regarded as living, surviving, or thriving, depending on the type of goal that one has in mind for the system in question.  As for actions, there is to begin with the full set <math>\mathcal{T}</math> of all possible actions, each of which is a transformation of the form <math>T : X \to X,</math> but a given cybernetic system will most likely have but a subset of these actions available to it at any given time.  And even if we begin by thinking of actions in very general and very global terms, as arbitrarily complex transformations acting on the whole state space <math>X,\!</math> we quickly find a need to analyze and approximate them in terms of simple transformations acting locally.  The preferred measure of "simplicity" will of course vary from one paradigm of research to another.
+
Just by way of staying clear about what we are doing, let's return to the recipe that we worked out before:
  
A generic enough picture at this stage of the game, and one that will remind us of these fundamental features of the cybernetic system even as things get far more complex, is afforded by Figure&nbsp;23.
+
It is part of the definition of a group that the 3-adic relation <math>L \subseteq G^3\!</math> is actually a function <math>L : G \times G \to G.\!</math>  It is from this functional perspective that we can see an easy way to derive the two regular representations.
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
+
Since we have a function of the type <math>L : G \times G \to G,\!</math> we can define a couple of substitution operators:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 +
| valign="top" | 1.
 +
| <math>\mathrm{Sub}(x, (\underline{~~}, y))\!</math> puts any specified <math>x\!</math> into the empty slot of the rheme <math>(\underline{~~}, y),\!</math> with the effect of producing the saturated rheme <math>(x, y)\!</math> that evaluates to <math>xy.~\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
| valign="top" | 2.
 +
| <math>\mathrm{Sub}(x, (y, \underline{~~}))\!</math> puts any specified <math>x\!</math> into the empty slot of the rheme <math>(y, \underline{~~}),\!</math> with the effect of producing the saturated rheme <math>(y, x)\!</math> that evaluates to <math>yx.~\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
In (1) we consider the effects of each <math>x\!</math> in its practical bearing on contexts of the form <math>(\underline{~~}, y),\!</math> as <math>y\!</math> ranges over <math>G,\!</math> and the effects are such that <math>x\!</math> takes <math>(\underline{~~}, y)\!</math> into <math>xy,\!</math> for <math>y\!</math> in <math>G,\!</math> all of which is notated as <math>x = \{ (y : xy) ~|~ y \in G \}.\!</math>  The pairs <math>(y : xy)\!</math> can be found by picking an <math>x\!</math> from the left margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each <math>y\!</math> in turn as these run along the right margin.  This produces the ''regular ante-representation'' of <math>S_3,\!</math> like so:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{*{13}{c}}
 +
\mathrm{e}
 +
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
 +
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
 +
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
 +
& + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{i}
 +
& + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{j}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{f}
 +
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
 +
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
 +
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{j}
 +
& + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
 +
& + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{i}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{g}
 +
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
 +
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
 +
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{i}
 +
& + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{j}
 +
& + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{h}
 +
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
 +
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{i}
 +
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{j}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
 +
& + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
 +
& + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{i}
 +
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{i}
 +
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{j}
 +
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
 +
& + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
 +
& + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{j}
 +
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{j}
 +
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
 +
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{i}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
 +
& + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
 +
& + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
In (2) we consider the effects of each <math>x\!</math> in its practical bearing on contexts of the form <math>(y, \underline{~~}),\!</math> as <math>y\!</math> ranges over <math>G,\!</math> and the effects are such that <math>x\!</math> takes <math>(y, \underline{~~})\!</math> into <math>yx,\!</math> for <math>y\!</math> in <math>G,\!</math> all of which is notated as <math>x = \{ (y : yx) ~|~ y \in G \}.\!</math>  The pairs <math>(y : yx)\!</math> can be found by picking an <math>x\!</math> on the right margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each <math>y\!</math> in turn as these run along the left margin.  This produces the ''regular post-representation'' of <math>S_3,\!</math> like so:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 
|
 
|
<pre>
+
<math>\begin{array}{*{13}{c}}
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
+
\mathrm{e}
|                                                                    |
+
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
|  X                                                                |
+
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
|            o-------------------o                                    |
+
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
|          /                    \                                   |
+
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
|          /                      \                                 |
+
& + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{i}
|        /                        \                                 |
+
& + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{j}
|        /                          \                               |
+
\\[4pt]
|      /                            \                               |
+
\mathrm{f}
|      /                              \                             |
+
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
|    /                                \                             |
+
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
|    o                G                o                            |
+
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
|    |                                  |                            |
+
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{i}
|    |                                  |                            |
+
& + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{j}
|    |                                  |                            |
+
& + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
|    |                        o<---------T---------o                  |
+
\\[4pt]
|    |                                  |                            |
+
\mathrm{g}
|    |                                  |                            |
+
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
|    |                                  |                            |
+
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
|    o                                  o                            |
+
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
|    \                                 /                            |
+
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{j}
|      \                               /                              |
+
& + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
|      \                             /                              |
+
& + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{i}
|        \                           /                                |
+
\\[4pt]
|        \                         /                                |
+
\mathrm{h}
|          \                       /                                  |
+
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
|          \                     /                                  |
+
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{j}
|            o-------------------o                                    |
+
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{i}
|                                                                    |
+
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
|                                                                    |
+
& + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
+
& + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
Figure 23.  Elements of a Cybernetic System
+
\\[4pt]
</pre>
+
\mathrm{i}
 +
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{i}
 +
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
 +
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{j}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
 +
& + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
 +
& + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{j}
 +
& = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{j}
 +
& + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{i}
 +
& + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{h}
 +
& + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{g}
 +
& + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{f}
 +
& + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{e}
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
==Note 24==
+
If the ante-rep looks different from the post-rep, it is just as it should be, as <math>S_3~\!</math> is non-abelian (non-commutative), and so the two representations differ in the details of their practical effects, though, of course, being representations of the same abstract group, they must be isomorphic.
  
Now that we've introduced the field picture as an aid to thinking about propositions and their analytic series, a very pleasing way of picturing the relationships among a proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B},</math> its enlargement or shift map <math>\operatorname{E}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B},</math> and its difference map <math>\operatorname{D}f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math> can now be drawn.
+
{| cellpadding="2" cellspacing="2" width="100%"
 
+
| width="60%" | &nbsp;
To illustrate this possibility, let's return to the differential analysis of the conjunctive proposition <math>f(p, q) = pq,\!</math> giving the development a slightly different twist at the appropriate point.
+
| width="40%" |
 
+
the way of heaven and earth<br>
Figure&nbsp;24-1 shows the proposition <math>pq\!</math> once again, which we now view as a scalar field &mdash; analogous to a ''potential hill'' in physics, but in logic tantamount to a ''potential plateau'' &mdash; where the shaded region indicates an elevation of 1 and the unshaded region indicates an elevation of 0.
+
is to be long continued<br>
 
+
in their operation<br>
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
+
without stopping
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
 
 
|-
 
|-
| <math>\text{Figure 24-1. Proposition}~ pq : X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
+
| height="50px" | &nbsp;
 +
| valign="top" | &mdash; i ching, hexagram 32
 
|}
 
|}
  
Given a proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B},</math> the ''tacit extension'' of <math>f\!</math> to <math>\operatorname{E}X</math> is denoted <math>\varepsilon f : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math> and defined by the equation <math>\varepsilon f = f,</math> so it's really just the same proposition residing in a bigger universeTacit extensions formalize the intuitive idea that a function on a particular set of variables can be extended to a function on a superset of those variables in such a way that the new function obeys the same constraints on the old variables, with a "don't care" condition on the new variables.
+
The Reader may be wondering what happened to the announced subject of ''Dynamics And Logic''.  What happened was a bit like this:
  
Figure&nbsp;24-2 shows the tacit extension of the scalar field <math>pq : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> to the differential field <math>\varepsilon (pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.</math>
+
We made the observation that the shift operators <math>\{ \mathrm{E}_{ij} \}\!</math> form a transformation group that acts on the set of propositions of the form <math>f : \mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B}.\!</math> Group theory is a very attractive subject, but it did not draw us so far from our intended course as one might initially think.  For one thing, groups, especially the groups that are named after the Norwegian mathematician [http://www-history.mcs.st-andrews.ac.uk/Biographies/Lie.html Marius Sophus Lie (1842&ndash;1899)], have turned out to be of critical utility in the solution of differential equations.  For another thing, group operations provide us with an ample supply of triadic relations that have been extremely well-studied over the years, and thus they give us no small measure of useful guidance in the study of sign relations, another brand of 3-adic relations that have significance for logical studies, and in our acquaintance with which we have barely begun to break the ice.  Finally, I couldn't resist taking up the links between group representations, amounting to the very archetypes of logical models, and the pragmatic maxim.
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
+
We've seen a couple of groups, <math>V_4\!</math> and <math>S_3,\!</math> represented in various ways, and we've seen their representations presented in a variety of different manners.  Let us look at one other stylistic variant for presenting a representation that is frequently seen, the so-called ''matrix representation'' of a group.
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Tacit Extension Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
 
|-
 
| <math>\text{Figure 24-2.  Tacit Extension}~ \varepsilon (pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
 
|-
 
|
 
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 
\varepsilon (pq)
 
& = &
 
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
 
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 
\\[4pt]
 
& + &
 
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
 
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
 
\\[4pt]
 
& + &
 
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
 
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 
\\[4pt]
 
& + &
 
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
 
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
 
\end{array}</math>
 
|}
 
  
==Note 25==
+
Recalling the manner of our acquaintance with the symmetric group <math>S_3,\!</math> we began with the ''bigraph'' (bipartite graph) picture of its natural representation as the set of all permutations or substitutions on the set <math>X = \{ a, b, c \}.\!</math>
  
Continuing with the example <math>pq : X \to \mathbb{B},</math> Figure&nbsp;25-1 shows the enlargement or shift map <math>\operatorname{E}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math> in the same style of differential field picture that we drew for the tacit extension <math>\varepsilon (pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.</math>
+
<br>
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Enlargement Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
+
|+ <math>\text{Permutation Substitutions in}~ \mathrm{Sym} \{ a, b, c \}\!</math>
|-
+
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
| <math>\text{Figure 25-1.  Enlargement Map}~ \operatorname{E}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
+
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{e}\!</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{f}\!</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{g}\!</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{h}\!</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{i}~\!</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{j}\!</math>
 
|-
 
|-
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{E}(pq)
+
a & b & c
& = &
+
\\[3pt]
p
+
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
& \cdot &
+
\\[6pt]
q
+
a & b & c
& \cdot &
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
 
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 
\\[4pt]
 
& + &
 
p
 
& \cdot &
 
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
 
& \cdot &
 
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
 
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
 
\\[4pt]
 
& + &
 
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
 
& \cdot &
 
q
 
& \cdot &
 
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
 
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
 
\\[4pt]
 
& + &
 
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
 
& \cdot &
 
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
 
& \cdot &
 
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
 
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
 
\end{array}</math>
 
|}
 
 
 
A very important conceptual transition has just occurred here, almost tacitly, as it were.  Generally speaking, having a set of mathematical objects of compatible types, in this case the two differential fields <math>\varepsilon f</math> and <math>\operatorname{E}f,</math> both of the type <math>\operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B},</math> is very useful, because it allows us to consider these fields as integral mathematical objects that can be operated on and combined in the ways that we usually associate with algebras.
 
 
 
In this case one notices that the tacit extension <math>\varepsilon f</math> and the enlargement <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> are in a certain sense dual to each other.  The tacit extension <math>\varepsilon f</math> indicates all the arrows out of the region where <math>f\!</math> is true and the enlargement <math>\operatorname{E}f</math> indicates all the arrows into the region where <math>f\!</math> is true.  The only arc they have in common is the no-change loop <math>\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}</math> at <math>pq.\!</math>  If we add the two sets of arcs in mod 2 fashion then the loop of multiplicity 2 zeroes out, leaving the 6 arrows of <math>\operatorname{D}(pq) = \varepsilon(pq) + \operatorname{E}(pq)</math> that are illustrated in Figure&nbsp;25-2.
 
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Difference Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
 
|-
 
| <math>\text{Figure 25-2.  Difference Map}~ \operatorname{D}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
 
|-
 
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{D}(pq)
+
a & b & c
& = &
+
\\[3pt]
p
+
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
& \cdot &
+
\\[6pt]
q
+
c & a & b
& \cdot &
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\texttt{(}
+
|
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
+
a & b & c
\texttt{)}
+
\\[3pt]
\\[4pt]
+
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
& + &
+
\\[6pt]
p
+
b & c & a
& \cdot &
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
+
|
& \cdot &
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
\texttt{~}
+
a & b & c
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
+
\\[3pt]
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
+
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
\texttt{~}
+
\\[6pt]
\\[4pt]
+
a & c & b
& + &
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
+
|
& \cdot &
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
q
+
a & b & c
& \cdot &
+
\\[3pt]
\texttt{~}
+
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
+
\\[6pt]
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
+
c & b & a
\texttt{~}
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\\[4pt]
+
|
& + &
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
+
a & b & c
& \cdot &
+
\\[3pt]
\texttt{(}q \texttt{)}
+
\downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow
& \cdot &
+
\\[6pt]
\texttt{~}
+
b & a & c
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
 
\texttt{~}
 
\end{array}</math>
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
==Tangent and Remainder Maps==
+
<br>
  
If we follow the classical line that singles out linear functions as ideals of simplicity, then we may complete the analytic series of the proposition <math>f = pq : X \to \mathbb{B}</math> in the following way.
+
These permutations were then converted to relative form as logical sums of elementary relatives:
  
Figure&nbsp;26-1 shows the differential proposition <math>\operatorname{d}f = \operatorname{d}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math> that we get by extracting the cell-wise linear approximation to the difference map <math>\operatorname{D}f = \operatorname{D}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.</math>  This is the logical analogue of what would ordinarily be called ''the'' differential of <math>pq,\!</math> but since I've been attaching the adjective ''differential'' to just about everything in sight, the distinction tends to be lost.  For the time being, I'll resort to using the alternative name ''tangent map'' for <math>\operatorname{d}f.\!</math>
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" width="90%"
 
+
| align="center" |
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Differential Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
+
\mathrm{e}
|-
+
& = & a\!:\!a
| <math>\text{Figure 26-1.  Tangent Map}~ \operatorname{d}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
+
& + & b\!:\!b
 +
& + & c\!:\!c
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{f}
 +
& = & a\!:\!c
 +
& + & b\!:\!a
 +
& + & c\!:\!b
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{g}
 +
& = & a\!:\!b
 +
& + & b\!:\!c
 +
& + & c\!:\!a
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{h}
 +
& = & a\!:\!a
 +
& + & b\!:\!c
 +
& + & c\!:\!b
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{i}
 +
& = & a\!:\!c
 +
& + & b\!:\!b
 +
& + & c\!:\!a
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{j}
 +
& = & a\!:\!b
 +
& + & b\!:\!a
 +
& + & c\!:\!c
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
Just to be clear about what's being indicated here, it's a visual way of summarizing the following data:
+
From the relational representation of <math>\mathrm{Sym} \{ a, b, c \} \cong S_3,\!</math> one easily derives a ''linear representation'' of the group by viewing each permutation as a linear transformation that maps the elements of a suitable vector space onto each other.  Each of these linear transformations is in turn represented by a 2-dimensional array of coefficients in <math>\mathbb{B},\!</math> resulting in the following set of matrices for the group:
 +
 
 +
<br>
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
+
{| align="center" border="1" cellpadding="8" cellspacing="0" style="text-align:center; width:90%"
 +
|+ <math>\text{Matrix Representations of Permutations in}~ \mathrm{Sym}(3)\!</math>
 +
|- style="background:#f0f0ff"
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{e}\!</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{f}\!</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{g}\!</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{h}\!</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{i}~\!</math>
 +
| width="16%" | <math>\mathrm{j}\!</math>
 +
|-
 
|
 
|
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
\operatorname{d}(pq)
+
1 & 0 & 0
& = &
+
\\
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
+
0 & 1 & 0
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{,} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
+
\\
\\[4pt]
+
0 & 0 & 1
& + &
+
\end{matrix}~\!</math>
p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot &
+
|
\operatorname{d}q
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
\\[4pt]
+
0 & 0 & 1
& + &
+
\\
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot &
+
1 & 0 & 0
\operatorname{d}p
+
\\
\\[4pt]
+
0 & 1 & 0
& + &
+
\end{matrix}~\!</math>
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & 0
 
\end{array}</math>
 
|}
 
 
 
To understand the extended interpretations, that is, the conjunctions of basic and differential features that are being indicated here, it may help to note the following equivalences:
 
 
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
 
<math>\begin{matrix}
\texttt{(}
+
0 & 1 & 0
\operatorname{d}p
+
\\
\texttt{,}
+
0 & 0 & 1
\operatorname{d}q
+
\\
\texttt{)}
+
1 & 0 & 0
& = &
+
\end{matrix}\!</math>
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
+
|
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
& + &
+
1 & 0 & 0
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
+
\\
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
+
0 & 0 & 1
\\[4pt]
+
\\
dp
+
0 & 1 & 0
& = &
+
\end{matrix}~\!</math>
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
+
|
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
& + &
+
0 & 0 & 1
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
+
\\
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{)}
+
0 & 1 & 0
\\[4pt]
+
\\
\operatorname{d}q
+
1 & 0 & 0
& = &
+
\end{matrix}~\!</math>
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{~}
+
|
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
+
<math>\begin{matrix}
& + &
+
0 & 1 & 0
\texttt{(} \operatorname{d}p \texttt{)}
+
\\
\texttt{~} \operatorname{d}q \texttt{~}
+
1 & 0 & 0
\end{matrix}</math>
+
\\
 +
0 & 0 & 1
 +
\end{matrix}~\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
Capping the series that analyzes the proposition <math>pq\!</math> in terms of succeeding orders of linear propositions, Figure&nbsp;26-2 shows the remainder map <math>\operatorname{r}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B},</math> that happens to be linear in pairs of variables.
+
<br>
 +
 
 +
The key to the mysteries of these matrices is revealed by observing that their coefficient entries are arrayed and overlaid on a place-mat marked like so:
  
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="6" width="90%"
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Remainder Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
+
| align="center" |
 +
<math>\begin{bmatrix}
 +
a\!:\!a &
 +
a\!:\!b &
 +
a\!:\!c
 +
\\
 +
b\!:\!a &
 +
b\!:\!b &
 +
b\!:\!c
 +
\\
 +
c\!:\!a &
 +
c\!:\!b &
 +
c\!:\!c
 +
\end{bmatrix}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
==Quick Review : Field Picture==
 +
 
 +
Let us summarize, in rough but intuitive terms, the outlook on differential logic that we have reached so far.  We've been considering a class of operators on universes of discourse, each of which takes us from considering one universe of discourse, <math>X^\circ,\!</math> to considering a larger universe of discourse, <math>\mathrm{E}X^\circ.\!</math>  An operator <math>\mathrm{W}\!</math> of this general type, namely, <math>\mathrm{W} : X^\circ \to \mathrm{E}X^\circ,\!</math> acts on each proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> of the source universe <math>{X^\circ}\!</math> to produce a proposition <math>\mathrm{W}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> of the target universe <math>\mathrm{E}X^\circ.\!</math>
 +
 
 +
The two main operators that we've examined so far are the enlargement or shift operator <math>\mathrm{E} : X^\circ \to \mathrm{E}X^\circ\!</math> and the difference operator <math>\mathrm{D} : X^\circ \to \mathrm{E}X^\circ.\!</math>  The operators <math>\mathrm{E}\!</math> and <math>\mathrm{D}\!</math> act on propositions in <math>X^\circ,\!</math> that is, propositions of the form <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> that are said to be ''about'' the subject matter of <math>X,\!</math> and they produce extended propositions of the forms <math>\mathrm{E}f, \mathrm{D}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B},\!</math> propositions whose extended sets of variables allow them to be read as being about specified collections of changes that conceivably occur in <math>X.\!</math>
 +
 
 +
At this point we find ourselves in need of visual representations, suitable arrays of concrete pictures to anchor our more earthy intuitions and to help us keep our wits about us as we venture higher into the ever more rarefied air of abstractions.
 +
 
 +
One good picture comes to us by way of the ''field'' concept.  Given a space <math>X,\!</math> a ''field'' of a specified type <math>Y\!</math> over <math>X\!</math> is formed by associating with each point of <math>X\!</math> an object of type <math>Y.\!</math>  If that sounds like the same thing as a function from <math>X\!</math> to the space of things of type <math>Y\!</math> &mdash; it is nothing but &mdash; and yet it does seem helpful to vary the mental images and to take advantage of the figures of speech that spring to mind under the emblem of this field idea.
 +
 
 +
In the field picture a proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> becomes a ''scalar field'', that is, a field of values in <math>\mathbb{B}.\!</math>
 +
 
 +
For example, consider the logical conjunction <math>pq : X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> that is shown in the following venn diagram:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
 
|-
 
|-
| <math>\text{Figure 26-2.  Remainder Map}~ \operatorname{r}(pq) : \operatorname{E}X \to \mathbb{B}</math>
+
| <math>\text{Conjunction}~ pq : X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
Reading the arrows off the map produces the following data:
+
Each of the operators <math>\mathrm{E}, \mathrm{D} : X^\circ \to \mathrm{E}X^\circ\!</math> takes us from considering propositions <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B},\!</math> here viewed as ''scalar fields'' over <math>X,\!</math> to considering the corresponding ''differential fields'' over <math>X,\!</math> analogous to what are usually called ''vector fields'' over <math>X.\!</math>
 +
 
 +
The structure of these differential fields can be described this way.  With each point of <math>X\!</math> there is associated an object of the following type:  a proposition about changes in <math>X,\!</math> that is, a proposition <math>g : \mathrm{d}X \to \mathbb{B}.\!</math>  In this frame of reference, if <math>{X^\circ}\!</math> is the universe that is generated by the set of coordinate propositions <math>\{ p, q \},\!</math> then <math>\mathrm{d}X^\circ\!</math> is the differential universe that is generated by the set of differential propositions <math>\{ \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q \}.\!</math>  These differential propositions may be interpreted as indicating <math>{}^{\backprime\backprime} \text{change in}\, p \, {}^{\prime\prime}\!</math> and <math>{}^{\backprime\backprime} \text{change in}\, q \, {}^{\prime\prime},\!</math> respectively.
 +
 
 +
A differential operator <math>\mathrm{W},\!</math> of the first order class that we have been considering, takes a proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> and gives back a differential proposition <math>\mathrm{W}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.\!</math>  In the field view, we see the proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> as a scalar field and we see the differential proposition <math>\mathrm{W}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> as a vector field, specifically, a field of propositions about contemplated changes in <math>X.\!</math>
 +
 
 +
The field of changes produced by <math>\mathrm{E}\!</math> on <math>pq\!</math> is shown in the next venn diagram:
  
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Enlargement Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| <math>\text{Enlargement}~ \mathrm{E}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math>
 +
|-
 
|
 
|
 
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
\operatorname{r}(pq)
+
\mathrm{E}(pq)
 
& = &
 
& = &
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
+
p
\operatorname{d}p ~ \operatorname{d}q
+
& \cdot &
 +
q
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
& + &
 
& + &
p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot &
+
p
\operatorname{d}p ~ \operatorname{d}q
+
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
& + &
 
& + &
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot &
+
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
\operatorname{d}p ~ \operatorname{d}q
+
& \cdot &
 +
q
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
 
\\[4pt]
 
\\[4pt]
 
& + &
 
& + &
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot &
+
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
\operatorname{d}p ~ \operatorname{d}q
+
& \cdot &
\end{array}</math>
+
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 
|}
 
|}
  
In short, <math>\operatorname{r}(pq)</math> is a constant field, having the value <math>\operatorname{d}p~\operatorname{d}q</math> at each cell.
+
The differential field <math>\mathrm{E}(pq)\!</math> specifies the changes that need to be made from each point of <math>X\!</math> in order to reach one of the models of the proposition <math>pq,\!</math> that is, in order to satisfy the proposition <math>pq.\!</math>
  
==Further Reading==
+
The field of changes produced by <math>\mathrm{D}\!</math> on <math>pq\!</math> is shown in the following venn diagram:
  
A more detailed presentation of Differential Logic can be found here:
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 
+
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Difference Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
:* [[Directory:Jon_Awbrey/Papers/Differential_Logic_and_Dynamic_Systems_2.0|Differential Logic and Dynamic Systems]]
+
|-
 
+
| <math>\text{Difference}~ \mathrm{D}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}~\!</math>
==Document History==
+
|-
 
+
|
===Ontology List (Apr&ndash;Jul 2002)===
+
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 
+
\mathrm{D}(pq)
* http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/thrd28.html#04040
+
& = &
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04040.html
+
p
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04041.html
+
& \cdot &
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04045.html
+
q
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04046.html
+
& \cdot &
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04047.html
+
\texttt{(}
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04048.html
+
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04052.html
+
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04054.html
+
\texttt{)}
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04055.html
+
\\[4pt]
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04067.html
+
& + &
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04068.html
+
p
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04069.html
+
& \cdot &
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04070.html
+
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04072.html
+
& \cdot &
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04073.html
+
\texttt{~}
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04074.html
+
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04077.html
+
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~}
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04079.html
+
\texttt{~}
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04080.html
+
\\[4pt]
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04268.html
+
& + &
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04269.html
+
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04272.html
+
& \cdot &
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04273.html
+
q
# http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04290.html
+
& \cdot &
 
+
\texttt{~}
===Inquiry List (May & Jul 2004)===
+
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(}q \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
The differential field <math>\mathrm{D}(pq)\!</math> specifies the changes that need to be made from each point of <math>X\!</math> in order to feel a change in the felt value of the field <math>pq.\!</math>
 +
 
 +
===Proposition and Tacit Extension===
  
* http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/thread.html#1400
+
Now that we've introduced the field picture as an aid to thinking about propositions and their analytic series, a very pleasing way of picturing the relationships among a proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B},\!</math> its enlargement or shift map <math>\mathrm{E}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B},\!</math> and its difference map <math>\mathrm{D}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> can now be drawn.
* http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/thread.html#1685
+
 
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001400.html
+
To illustrate this possibility, let's return to the differential analysis of the conjunctive proposition <math>f(p, q) = pq,\!</math> giving the development a slightly different twist at the appropriate point.
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001401.html
+
 
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001402.html
+
The next venn diagram shows once again the proposition <math>pq,\!</math> which we now view as a scalar field &mdash; analogous to a ''potential hill'' in physics, but in logic tantamount to a ''potential plateau'' &mdash; where the shaded region indicates an elevation of 1 and the unshaded region indicates an elevation of 0.
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001403.html
+
 
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001404.html
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001405.html
+
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001406.html
+
|-
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001407.html
+
| <math>\text{Proposition}~ pq : X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math>
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001408.html
+
|}
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001410.html
+
 
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001411.html
+
Given a proposition <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B},\!</math> the ''tacit extension'' of <math>f\!</math> to <math>\mathrm{E}X\!</math> is denoted <math>\boldsymbol\varepsilon f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}~\!</math> and defined by the equation <math>\boldsymbol\varepsilon f = f,\!</math> so it's really just the same proposition residing in a bigger universe.  Tacit extensions formalize the intuitive idea that a function on a particular set of variables can be extended to a function on a superset of those variables in such a way that the new function obeys the same constraints on the old variables, with a "don't care" condition on the new variables.
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001412.html
+
 
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001413.html
+
The tacit extension of the scalar field <math>pq : X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> to the differential field <math>\boldsymbol\varepsilon (pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> is shown in the following venn diagram:
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001415.html
+
 
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001416.html
+
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001418.html
+
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Tacit Extension Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001419.html
+
|-
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001420.html
+
| <math>\text{Tacit Extension}~ \boldsymbol\varepsilon (pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}~\!</math>
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001421.html
+
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 +
\boldsymbol\varepsilon (pq)
 +
& = &
 +
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
===Enlargement and Difference Maps===
 +
 
 +
Continuing with the example <math>pq : X \to \mathbb{B},\!</math> the next venn diagram shows the enlargement or shift map <math>\mathrm{E}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> in the same style of differential field picture that we drew for the tacit extension <math>\boldsymbol\varepsilon (pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.\!</math>
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Enlargement Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| <math>\text{Enlargement Map}~ \mathrm{E}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 +
\mathrm{E}(pq)
 +
& = &
 +
p
 +
& \cdot &
 +
q
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
p
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
q
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
A very important conceptual transition has just occurred here, almost tacitly, as it were.  Generally speaking, having a set of mathematical objects of compatible types, in this case the two differential fields <math>\boldsymbol\varepsilon f\!</math> and <math>\mathrm{E}f,\!</math> both of the type <math>\mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B},\!</math> is very useful, because it allows us to consider these fields as integral mathematical objects that can be operated on and combined in the ways that we usually associate with algebras.
 +
 
 +
In this case one notices that the tacit extension <math>\boldsymbol\varepsilon f\!</math> and the enlargement <math>\mathrm{E}f\!</math> are in a certain sense dual to each other.  The tacit extension <math>\boldsymbol\varepsilon f\!</math> indicates all the arrows out of the region where <math>f\!</math> is true and the enlargement <math>\mathrm{E}f\!</math> indicates all the arrows into the region where <math>f\!</math> is true.  The only arc they have in common is the no-change loop <math>\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}\!</math> at <math>pq.\!</math>  If we add the two sets of arcs in mod 2 fashion then the loop of multiplicity 2 zeroes out, leaving the 6 arrows of <math>\mathrm{D}(pq) = \boldsymbol\varepsilon(pq) + \mathrm{E}(pq)\!</math> that are illustrated below:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Difference Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| <math>\text{Difference Map}~ \mathrm{D}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math>
 +
|-
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 +
\mathrm{D}(pq)
 +
& = &
 +
p
 +
& \cdot &
 +
q
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(}
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{)}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
p
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
q
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(}q \texttt{)}
 +
& \cdot &
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~}
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
===Tangent and Remainder Maps===
 +
 
 +
If we follow the classical line that singles out linear functions as ideals of simplicity, then we may complete the analytic series of the proposition <math>f = pq : X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> in the following way.
 +
 
 +
The next venn diagram shows the differential proposition <math>\mathrm{d}f = \mathrm{d}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> that we get by extracting the cell-wise linear approximation to the difference map <math>\mathrm{D}f = \mathrm{D}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.\!</math>  This is the logical analogue of what would ordinarily be called ''the'' differential of <math>pq,\!</math> but since I've been attaching the adjective ''differential'' to just about everything in sight, the distinction tends to be lost.  For the time being, I'll resort to using the alternative name ''tangent map'' for <math>\mathrm{d}f.\!</math>
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Differential Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| <math>\text{Tangent Map}~ \mathrm{d}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
Just to be clear about what's being indicated here, it's a visual way of summarizing the following data:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 +
\mathrm{d}(pq)
 +
& = &
 +
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{,} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot &
 +
\mathrm{d}q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 +
\mathrm{d}p
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & 0
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
To understand the extended interpretations, that is, the conjunctions of basic and differential features that are being indicated here, it may help to note the following equivalences:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{matrix}
 +
\texttt{(}
 +
\mathrm{d}p
 +
\texttt{,}
 +
\mathrm{d}q
 +
\texttt{)}
 +
& = &
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
dp
 +
& = &
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
\mathrm{d}q
 +
& = &
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}
 +
\texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~}
 +
\end{matrix}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
Capping the series that analyzes the proposition <math>pq\!</math> in terms of succeeding orders of linear propositions, the final venn diagram in this series shows the remainder map <math>\mathrm{r}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B},\!</math> that happens to be linear in pairs of variables.
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
| [[Image:Field Picture PQ Remainder Conjunction.jpg|500px]]
 +
|-
 +
| <math>\text{Remainder Map}~ \mathrm{r}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
Reading the arrows off the map produces the following data:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10" style="text-align:center"
 +
|
 +
<math>\begin{array}{rcccccc}
 +
\mathrm{r}(pq)
 +
& = &
 +
p & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 +
\mathrm{d}p ~ \mathrm{d}q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot &
 +
\mathrm{d}p ~ \mathrm{d}q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot &
 +
\mathrm{d}p ~ \mathrm{d}q
 +
\\[4pt]
 +
& + &
 +
\texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot &
 +
\mathrm{d}p ~ \mathrm{d}q
 +
\end{array}\!</math>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
In short, <math>\mathrm{r}(pq)\!</math> is a constant field, having the value <math>\mathrm{d}p~\mathrm{d}q\!</math> at each cell.
 +
 
 +
==Least Action Operators==
 +
 
 +
We have been contemplating functions of the type <math>f : X \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> and studying the action of the operators <math>\mathrm{E}\!</math> and <math>\mathrm{D}\!</math> on this family.  These functions, that we may identify for our present aims with propositions, inasmuch as they capture their abstract forms, are logical analogues of ''scalar potential fields''.  These are the sorts of fields that are so picturesquely presented in elementary calculus and physics textbooks by images of snow-covered hills and parties of skiers who trek down their slopes like least action heroes.  The analogous scene in propositional logic presents us with forms more reminiscent of plateaunic idylls, being all plains at one of two levels, the mesas of verity and falsity, as it were, with nary a niche to inhabit between them, restricting our options for a sporting gradient of downhill dynamics to just one of two:  standing still on level ground or falling off a bluff.
 +
 
 +
We are still working well within the logical analogue of the classical finite difference calculus, taking in the novelties that the logical transmutation of familiar elements is able to bring to light.  Soon we will take up several different notions of approximation relationships that may be seen to organize the space of propositions, and these will allow us to define several different forms of differential analysis applying to propositions.  In time we will find reason to consider more general types of maps, having concrete types of the form <math>X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k \to Y_1 \times \ldots \times Y_n\!</math> and abstract types <math>\mathbb{B}^k \to \mathbb{B}^n.\!</math>  We will think of these mappings as transforming universes of discourse into themselves or into others, in short, as ''transformations of discourse''.
 +
 
 +
Before we continue with this intinerary, however, I would like to highlight another sort of differential aspect that concerns the ''boundary operator'' or the ''marked connective'' that serves as one of the two basic connectives in the cactus language for [[zeroth order logic]].
 +
 
 +
For example, consider the proposition <math>f\!</math> of concrete type <math>f : P \times Q \times R \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> and abstract type <math>f : \mathbb{B}^3 \to \mathbb{B}\!</math> that is written <math>\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}\!</math> in cactus syntax.  Taken as an assertion in what Peirce called the ''existential interpretation'', the proposition <math>\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}\!</math> says that just one of <math>p, q, r\!</math> is false.  It is instructive to consider this assertion in relation to the logical conjunction <math>pqr\!</math> of the same propositions.  A venn diagram of <math>\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}\!</math> looks like this:
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 +
| [[Image:Minimal Negation Operator (P,Q,R) ISW.jpg|500px]]
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
In relation to the center cell indicated by the conjunction <math>pqr,\!</math> the region indicated by <math>\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}\!</math> is comprised of the adjacent or bordering cells.  Thus they are the cells that are just across the boundary of the center cell, reached as if by way of Leibniz's ''minimal changes'' from the point of origin, in this case, <math>pqr.~\!</math>
 +
 
 +
More generally speaking, in a <math>k\!</math>-dimensional universe of discourse that is based on the ''alphabet'' of features <math>\mathcal{X} = \{ x_1, \ldots, x_k \},\!</math> the same form of boundary relationship is manifested for any cell of origin that one chooses to indicate.  One way to indicate a cell is by forming a logical conjunction of positive and negative basis features, that is, by constructing an expression of the form <math>e_1 \cdot \ldots \cdot e_k,\!</math> where <math>e_j = x_j ~\text{or}~ e_j = \texttt{(} x_j \texttt{)},\!</math> for <math>j = 1 ~\text{to}~ k.\!</math>  The proposition <math>\texttt{(} e_1, \ldots, e_k \texttt{)}\!</math> indicates the disjunctive region consisting of the cells that are just next door to <math>e_1 \cdot \ldots \cdot e_k.\!</math>
 +
 
 +
==Goal-Oriented Systems==
 +
 
 +
I want to continue developing the basic tools of differential logic, which arose from exploring the connections between dynamics and logic, but I also wanted to give some hint of the applications that have motivated this work all along.  One of these applications is to cybernetic systems, whether we see these systems as agents or cultures, individuals or species, organisms or organizations.
 +
 
 +
A cybernetic system has goals and actions for reaching them.  It has a state space <math>X,\!</math> giving us all of the states that the system can be in, plus it has a goal space <math>G \subseteq X,\!</math> the set of  states that the system &ldquo;likes&rdquo; to be in, in other words, the distinguished subset of possible states where the system is regarded as living, surviving, or thriving, depending on the type of goal that one has in mind for the system in question.  As for actions, there is to begin with the full set <math>\mathcal{T}\!</math> of all possible actions, each of which is a transformation of the form <math>T : X \to X,\!</math> but a given cybernetic system will most likely have but a subset of these actions available to it at any given time.  And even if we begin by thinking of actions in very general and very global terms, as arbitrarily complex transformations acting on the whole state space <math>X,\!</math> we quickly find a need to analyze and approximate them in terms of simple transformations acting locally.  The preferred measure of &ldquo;simplicity&rdquo; will of course vary from one paradigm of research to another.
 +
 
 +
A generic enough picture at this stage of the game, and one that will remind us of these fundamental features of the cybernetic system even as things get far more complex, is afforded by Figure&nbsp;23.
 +
 
 +
{| align="center" cellpadding="10"
 +
|
 +
<pre>
 +
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
 +
|                                                                    |
 +
|  X                                                                |
 +
|            o-------------------o                                    |
 +
|          /                    \                                  |
 +
|          /                      \                                  |
 +
|        /                        \                                |
 +
|        /                          \                                |
 +
|      /                            \                              |
 +
|      /                              \                              |
 +
|    /                                \                            |
 +
|    o                G                o                            |
 +
|    |                                  |                            |
 +
|    |                                  |                            |
 +
|    |                                  |                            |
 +
|    |                        o<---------T---------o                  |
 +
|    |                                  |                            |
 +
|    |                                  |                            |
 +
|    |                                  |                            |
 +
|    o                                  o                            |
 +
|    \                                /                            |
 +
|      \                              /                              |
 +
|      \                            /                              |
 +
|        \                          /                                |
 +
|        \                        /                                |
 +
|          \                      /                                  |
 +
|          \                    /                                  |
 +
|            o-------------------o                                    |
 +
|                                                                    |
 +
|                                                                    |
 +
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
 +
Figure 23.  Elements of a Cybernetic System
 +
</pre>
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
==Further Reading==
 +
 
 +
A more detailed presentation of Differential Logic can be found here:
 +
 
 +
:* [http://intersci.ss.uci.edu/wiki/index.php/Differential_Logic_and_Dynamic_Systems_2.0 Differential Logic and Dynamic Systems]
 +
 
 +
==Document History==
 +
 
 +
===Differential Logic &bull; Ontology List 2002===
 +
 
 +
* http://web.archive.org/web/20110612002240/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/thrd28.html#04040
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20140406040004/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04040.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612001949/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04041.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010502/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04045.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612005212/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04046.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612001954/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04047.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010620/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04048.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010550/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04052.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010724/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04054.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612000847/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04055.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612001959/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04067.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010507/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04068.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612002014/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04069.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010701/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04070.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612003540/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04072.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612005229/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04073.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110610153117/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04074.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010555/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04077.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612001918/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04079.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612005244/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04080.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612005249/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04268.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010626/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04269.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612000853/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04272.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010514/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04273.html
 +
# http://web.archive.org/web/20110612002235/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04290.html
 +
 
 +
===Dynamics And Logic &bull; Inquiry List 2004===
 +
 
 +
* http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/thread.html#1400
 +
* http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/thread.html#1685
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001400.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001401.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001402.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001403.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001404.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001405.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001406.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001407.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001408.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001410.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001411.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001412.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001413.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001415.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001416.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001418.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001419.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001420.html
 +
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001421.html
 
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001422.html
 
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001422.html
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001423.html
+
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001423.html
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001424.html
+
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001424.html
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001685.html
+
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001685.html
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001686.html
+
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001686.html
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001687.html
+
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001687.html
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001688.html
+
# http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001688.html
 
+
 
===NKS Forum (May & Jul 2004)===
+
===Dynamics And Logic &bull; NKS Forum 2004===
 +
 
 +
* http://forum.wolframscience.com/archive/topic/420.html
 +
* http://forum.wolframscience.com/printthread.php?threadid=420
 +
* http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?threadid=420
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1282#post1282
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1285#post1285
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1289#post1289
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1292#post1292
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1293#post1293
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1294#post1294
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1296#post1296
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1299#post1299
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1301#post1301
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1304#post1304
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1307#post1307
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1309#post1309
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1311#post1311
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1314#post1314
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1315#post1315
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1318#post1318
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1321#post1321
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1323#post1323
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1326#post1326
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1327#post1327
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1330#post1330
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1331#post1331
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1598#post1598
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1601#post1601
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1602#post1602
 +
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1603#post1603
  
* http://forum.wolframscience.com/archive/topic/420-1.html
+
[[Category:Artificial Intelligence]]
* http://forum.wolframscience.com/printthread.php?threadid=420
+
[[Category:Boolean Algebra]]
* http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?threadid=420
+
[[Category:Boolean Functions]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1282#post1282
+
[[Category:Charles Sanders Peirce]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1285#post1285
+
[[Category:Combinatorics]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1289#post1289
+
[[Category:Computational Complexity]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1292#post1292
+
[[Category:Computer Science]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1293#post1293
+
[[Category:Cybernetics]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1294#post1294
+
[[Category:Differential Logic]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1296#post1296
+
[[Category:Equational Reasoning]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1299#post1299
+
[[Category:Formal Languages]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1301#post1301
+
[[Category:Formal Systems]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1304#post1304
+
[[Category:Graph Theory]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1307#post1307
+
[[Category:Inquiry]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1309#post1309
+
[[Category:Inquiry Driven Systems]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1311#post1311
+
[[Category:Knowledge Representation]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1314#post1314
+
[[Category:Logic]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1315#post1315
+
[[Category:Logical Graphs]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1318#post1318
+
[[Category:Mathematics]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1321#post1321
+
[[Category:Philosophy]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1323#post1323
+
[[Category:Propositional Calculus]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1326#post1326
+
[[Category:Semiotics]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1327#post1327
+
[[Category:Visualization]]
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1330#post1330
 
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1331#post1331
 
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1598#post1598
 
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1601#post1601
 
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1602#post1602
 
# http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1603#post1603
 

Latest revision as of 15:38, 2 December 2015

Author: Jon Awbrey

Differential logic is the component of logic whose object is the description of variation — for example, the aspects of change, difference, distribution, and diversity — in universes of discourse that are subject to logical description. A definition that broad naturally incorporates any study of variation by way of mathematical models, but differential logic is especially charged with the qualitative aspects of variation that pervade or precede quantitative models. To the extent that a logical inquiry makes use of a formal system, its differential component treats the principles that govern the use of a differential logical calculus, that is, a formal system with the expressive capacity to describe change and diversity in a logical universe of discourse.

A simple example of a differential logical calculus is furnished by a differential propositional calculus. A differential propositional calculus is a propositional calculus extended by a set of terms for describing aspects of change and difference, for example, processes that take place in a universe of discourse or transformations that map a source universe into a target universe. This augments ordinary propositional calculus in the same way that the differential calculus of Leibniz and Newton augments the analytic geometry of Descartes.

Quick Overview

Cactus Language for Propositional Logic

The development of differential logic is greatly facilitated by having a conceptually efficient calculus in place at the level of boolean-valued functions and elementary logical propositions. A calculus that is very efficient from both conceptual and computational standpoints is based on just two types of logical connectives, both of variable \(k\!\)-ary scope. The formulas of this calculus map into a species of graph-theoretical structures called painted and rooted cacti (PARCs) that lend visual representation to their functional structure and smooth the path to efficient computation.

The first kind of propositional expression is a parenthesized sequence of propositional expressions, written as \(\texttt{(} e_1 \texttt{,} e_2 \texttt{,} \ldots \texttt{,} e_{k-1} \texttt{,} e_k \texttt{)}\!\) and read to say that exactly one of the propositions \(e_1, e_2, \ldots, e_{k-1}, e_k\!\) is false, in other words, that their minimal negation is true. A clause of this form maps into a PARC structure called a lobe, in this case, one that is painted with the colors \(e_1, e_2, \ldots, e_{k-1}, e_k\!\) as shown below.
Cactus Graph Lobe Connective.jpg
The second kind of propositional expression is a concatenated sequence of propositional expressions, written as \(e_1\ e_2\ \ldots\ e_{k-1}\ e_k\!\) and read to say that all of the propositions \(e_1, e_2, \ldots, e_{k-1}, e_k\!\) are true, in other words, that their logical conjunction is true. A clause of this form maps into a PARC structure called a node, in this case, one that is painted with the colors \(e_1, e_2, \ldots, e_{k-1}, e_k\!\) as shown below.
Cactus Graph Node Connective.jpg

All other propositional connectives can be obtained through combinations of these two forms. Strictly speaking, the parenthesized form is sufficient to define the concatenated form, making the latter formally dispensable, but it is convenient to maintain it as a concise way of expressing more complicated combinations of parenthesized forms. While working with expressions solely in propositional calculus, it is easiest to use plain parentheses for logical connectives. In contexts where ordinary parentheses are needed for other purposes an alternate typeface \(\texttt{(} \ldots \texttt{)}\!\) may be used for logical operators.

Table 1 collects a sample of basic propositional forms as expressed in terms of cactus language connectives.


\(\text{Table 1.}~~\text{Syntax and Semantics of a Calculus for Propositional Logic}\!\)
\(\text{Graph}\!\) \(\text{Expression}~\!\) \(\text{Interpretation}\!\) \(\text{Other Notations}\!\)
Rooted Node.jpg \(~\!\) \(\mathrm{true}\!\) \(1\!\)
Rooted Edge.jpg \(\texttt{(}~\texttt{)}\!\) \(\mathrm{false}\!\) \(0\!\)
Cactus A Big.jpg \(a\!\) \(a\!\) \(a\!\)
Cactus (A) Big.jpg \(\texttt{(} a \texttt{)}\!\) \(\mathrm{not}~ a\!\) \(\lnot a \quad \bar{a} \quad \tilde{a} \quad a^\prime~\!\)
Cactus ABC Big.jpg \(a ~ b ~ c\!\) \(a ~\mathrm{and}~ b ~\mathrm{and}~ c\!\) \(a \land b \land c\!\)
Cactus ((A)(B)(C)) Big.jpg \(\texttt{((} a \texttt{)(} b \texttt{)(} c \texttt{))}\!\) \(a ~\mathrm{or}~ b ~\mathrm{or}~ c\!\) \(a \lor b \lor c\!\)
Cactus (A(B)) Big.jpg \(\texttt{(} a \texttt{(} b \texttt{))}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a ~\mathrm{implies}~ b \\[6pt] \mathrm{if}~ a ~\mathrm{then}~ b \end{matrix}\!\)

\(a \Rightarrow b\!\)
Cactus (A,B) Big ISW.jpg \(\texttt{(} a \texttt{,} b \texttt{)}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a ~\mathrm{not~equal~to}~ b \\[6pt] a ~\mathrm{exclusive~or}~ b \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a \neq b \\[6pt] a + b \end{matrix}\!\)

Cactus ((A,B)) Big.jpg \(\texttt{((} a \texttt{,} b \texttt{))}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a ~\mathrm{is~equal~to}~ b \\[6pt] a ~\mathrm{if~and~only~if}~ b \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a = b \\[6pt] a \Leftrightarrow b \end{matrix}\!\)

Cactus (A,B,C) Big.jpg \(\texttt{(} a \texttt{,} b \texttt{,} c \texttt{)}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{just~one~of} \\ a, b, c \\ \mathrm{is~false}. \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} & \bar{a} ~ b ~ c \\ \lor & a ~ \bar{b} ~ c \\ \lor & a ~ b ~ \bar{c} \end{matrix}\!\)

Cactus ((A),(B),(C)) Big.jpg \(\texttt{((} a \texttt{),(} b \texttt{),(} c \texttt{))}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{just~one~of} \\ a, b, c \\ \mathrm{is~true}. \\[6pt] \mathrm{partition~all} \\ \mathrm{into}~ a, b, c. \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} & a ~ \bar{b} ~ \bar{c} \\ \lor & \bar{a} ~ b ~ \bar{c} \\ \lor & \bar{a} ~ \bar{b} ~ c \end{matrix}\!\)

Cactus (A,(B,C)) Big.jpg \(\texttt{(} a \texttt{,(} b \texttt{,} c \texttt{))}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{oddly~many~of} \\ a, b, c \\ \mathrm{are~true}. \end{matrix}\!\)

\(a + b + c\!\)


\(\begin{matrix} & a ~ b ~ c \\ \lor & a ~ \bar{b} ~ \bar{c} \\ \lor & \bar{a} ~ b ~ \bar{c} \\ \lor & \bar{a} ~ \bar{b} ~ c \end{matrix}\!\)

Cactus (X,(A),(B),(C)) Big.jpg \(\texttt{(} x \texttt{,(} a \texttt{),(} b \texttt{),(} c \texttt{))}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{partition}~ x \\ \mathrm{into}~ a, b, c. \\[6pt] \mathrm{genus}~ x ~\mathrm{comprises} \\ \mathrm{species}~ a, b, c. \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} & \bar{x} ~ \bar{a} ~ \bar{b} ~ \bar{c} \\ \lor & x ~ a ~ \bar{b} ~ \bar{c} \\ \lor & x ~ \bar{a} ~ b ~ \bar{c} \\ \lor & x ~ \bar{a} ~ \bar{b} ~ c \end{matrix}~\!\)


The simplest expression for logical truth is the empty word, usually denoted by \(\boldsymbol\varepsilon\!\) or \(\lambda\!\) in formal languages, where it forms the identity element for concatenation. To make it visible in context, it may be denoted by the equivalent expression \({}^{\backprime\backprime} \texttt{((}~\texttt{))} {}^{\prime\prime},\!\) or, especially if operating in an algebraic context, by a simple \({}^{\backprime\backprime} 1 {}^{\prime\prime}.\!\) Also when working in an algebraic mode, the plus sign \({}^{\backprime\backprime} + {}^{\prime\prime}\!\) may be used for exclusive disjunction. For example, we have the following paraphrases of algebraic expressions by means of parenthesized expressions:

\(\begin{matrix} a + b & = & \texttt{(} a \texttt{,} b \texttt{)} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a + b + c & = & \texttt{(} a \texttt{,(} b \texttt{,} c \texttt{))} & = & \texttt{((} a \texttt{,} b \texttt{),} c \texttt{)} \end{matrix}\!\)

It is important to note that the last expressions are not equivalent to the 3-place parenthesis \(\texttt{(} a \texttt{,} b \texttt{,} c \texttt{)}.\!\)

Differential Expansions of Propositions

Bird's Eye View

An efficient calculus for the realm of logic represented by boolean functions and elementary propositions makes it feasible to compute the finite differences and the differentials of those functions and propositions.

For example, consider a proposition of the form \({}^{\backprime\backprime} \, p ~\mathrm{and}~ q \, {}^{\prime\prime}\!\) that is graphed as two letters attached to a root node:

Cactus Graph Existential P And Q.jpg

Written as a string, this is just the concatenation \(p~q\!\).

The proposition \(pq\!\) may be taken as a boolean function \(f(p, q)\!\) having the abstract type \(f : \mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B},\!\) where \(\mathbb{B} = \{ 0, 1 \}~\!\) is read in such a way that \(0\!\) means \(\mathrm{false}\!\) and \(1\!\) means \(\mathrm{true}.\!\)

Imagine yourself standing in a fixed cell of the corresponding venn diagram, say, the cell where the proposition \(pq\!\) is true, as shown in the following Figure:

Venn Diagram P And Q.jpg

Now ask yourself: What is the value of the proposition \(pq\!\) at a distance of \(\mathrm{d}p\!\) and \(\mathrm{d}q\!\) from the cell \(pq\!\) where you are standing?

Don't think about it — just compute:

Cactus Graph (P,dP)(Q,dQ).jpg

The cactus formula \(\texttt{(p, dp)(q, dq)}\!\) and its corresponding graph arise by substituting \(p + \mathrm{d}p\!\) for \(p\!\) and \(q + \mathrm{d}q\!\) for \(q\!\) in the boolean product or logical conjunction \(pq\!\) and writing the result in the two dialects of cactus syntax. This follows from the fact that the boolean sum \(p + \mathrm{d}p\!\) is equivalent to the logical operation of exclusive disjunction, which parses to a cactus graph of the following form:

Cactus Graph (P,dP) ISW.jpg

Next question: What is the difference between the value of the proposition \(pq\!\) over there, at a distance of \(\mathrm{d}p\!\) and \(\mathrm{d}q,\!\) and the value of the proposition \(pq\!\) where you are standing, all expressed in the form of a general formula, of course? Here is the appropriate formulation:

Cactus Graph ((P,dP)(Q,dQ),PQ).jpg

There is one thing that I ought to mention at this point: Computed over \(\mathbb{B},\!\) plus and minus are identical operations. This will make the relation between the differential and the integral parts of the appropriate calculus slightly stranger than usual, but we will get into that later.

Last question, for now: What is the value of this expression from your current standpoint, that is, evaluated at the point where \(pq\!\) is true? Well, substituting \(1\!\) for \(p\!\) and \(1\!\) for \(q\!\) in the graph amounts to erasing the labels \(p\!\) and \(q\!,\!\) as shown here:

Cactus Graph (( ,dP)( ,dQ), ).jpg

And this is equivalent to the following graph:

Cactus Graph ((dP)(dQ)) ISW.jpg

We have just met with the fact that the differential of the and is the or of the differentials.

\(\begin{matrix} p ~\mathrm{and}~ q & \quad & \xrightarrow{\quad\mathrm{Diff}\quad} & \quad & \mathrm{d}p ~\mathrm{or}~ \mathrm{d}q \end{matrix}\!\)

Cactus Graph PQ Diff ((dP)(dQ)).jpg

It will be necessary to develop a more refined analysis of that statement directly, but that is roughly the nub of it.

If the form of the above statement reminds you of De Morgan's rule, it is no accident, as differentiation and negation turn out to be closely related operations. Indeed, one can find discussions of logical difference calculus in the Boole–De Morgan correspondence and Peirce also made use of differential operators in a logical context, but the exploration of these ideas has been hampered by a number of factors, not the least of which has been the lack of a syntax that was adequate to handle the complexity of expressions that evolve.

Worm's Eye View

Let's run through the initial example again, this time attempting to interpret the formulas that develop at each stage along the way. We begin with a proposition or a boolean function \(f(p, q) = pq.\!\)

Venn Diagram F = P And Q ISW.jpg
Cactus Graph F = P And Q ISW.jpg

A function like this has an abstract type and a concrete type. The abstract type is what we invoke when we write things like \(f : \mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B}\!\) or \(f : \mathbb{B}^2 \to \mathbb{B}.\!\) The concrete type takes into account the qualitative dimensions or the “units” of the case, which can be explained as follows.

Let \(P\!\) be the set of values \(\{ \texttt{(} p \texttt{)},~ p \} ~=~ \{ \mathrm{not}~ p,~ p \} ~\cong~ \mathbb{B}.\!\)
Let \(Q\!\) be the set of values \(\{ \texttt{(} q \texttt{)},~ q \} ~=~ \{ \mathrm{not}~ q,~ q \} ~\cong~ \mathbb{B}.\!\)

Then interpret the usual propositions about \(p, q\!\) as functions of the concrete type \(f : P \times Q \to \mathbb{B}.\!\)

We are going to consider various operators on these functions. Here, an operator \(\mathrm{F}\!\) is a function that takes one function \(f\!\) into another function \(\mathrm{F}f.\!\)

The first couple of operators that we need to consider are logical analogues of the pair that play a founding role in the classical finite difference calculus, namely:

The difference operator \(\Delta,\!\) written here as \(\mathrm{D}.\!\)
The enlargement operator \(\Epsilon,\!\) written here as \(\mathrm{E}.\!\)

These days, \(\mathrm{E}\!\) is more often called the shift operator.

In order to describe the universe in which these operators operate, it is necessary to enlarge the original universe of discourse. Starting from the initial space \(X = P \times Q,\!\) its (first order) differential extension \(\mathrm{E}X\!\) is constructed according to the following specifications:

\(\begin{array}{rcc} \mathrm{E}X & = & X \times \mathrm{d}X \end{array}\!\)

where:

\(\begin{array}{rcc} X & = & P \times Q \\[4pt] \mathrm{d}X & = & \mathrm{d}P \times \mathrm{d}Q \\[4pt] \mathrm{d}P & = & \{ \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)},~ \mathrm{d}p \} \\[4pt] \mathrm{d}Q & = & \{ \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)},~ \mathrm{d}q \} \end{array}\!\)

The interpretations of these new symbols can be diverse, but the easiest option for now is just to say that \(\mathrm{d}p\!\) means “change \(p\!\)” and \(\mathrm{d}q\!\) means “change \(q\!\)”.

Drawing a venn diagram for the differential extension \(\mathrm{E}X = X \times \mathrm{d}X\!\) requires four logical dimensions, \(P, Q, \mathrm{d}P, \mathrm{d}Q,\!\) but it is possible to project a suggestion of what the differential features \(\mathrm{d}p\!\) and \(\mathrm{d}q\!\) are about on the 2-dimensional base space \(X = P \times Q\!\) by drawing arrows that cross the boundaries of the basic circles in the venn diagram for \(X,\!\) reading an arrow as \(\mathrm{d}p\!\) if it crosses the boundary between \(p\!\) and \(\texttt{(} p \texttt{)}\!\) in either direction and reading an arrow as \(\mathrm{d}q\!\) if it crosses the boundary between \(q\!\) and \(\texttt{(} q \texttt{)}\!\) in either direction.

Venn Diagram P Q dP dQ.jpg

Propositions are formed on differential variables, or any combination of ordinary logical variables and differential logical variables, in the same ways that propositions are formed on ordinary logical variables alone. For example, the proposition \(\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{))}\!\) says the same thing as \(\mathrm{d}p \Rightarrow \mathrm{d}q,\!\) in other words, that there is no change in \(p\!\) without a change in \(q.\!\)

Given the proposition \(f(p, q)\!\) over the space \(X = P \times Q,\!\) the (first order) enlargement of \(f\!\) is the proposition \(\mathrm{E}f\!\) over the differential extension \(\mathrm{E}X\!\) that is defined by the following formula:

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{E}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q) & = & f(p + \mathrm{d}p,~ q + \mathrm{d}q) & = & f( \texttt{(} p, \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)},~ \texttt{(} q, \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} ) \end{matrix}\!\)

In the example \(f(p, q) = pq,\!\) the enlargement \(\mathrm{E}f\!\) is computed as follows:

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{E}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q) & = & (p + \mathrm{d}p)(q + \mathrm{d}q) & = & \texttt{(} p, \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)(} q, \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} \end{matrix}\!\)

Cactus Graph Ef = (P,dP)(Q,dQ).jpg

Given the proposition \(f(p, q)\!\) over \(X = P \times Q,\!\) the (first order) difference of \(f\!\) is the proposition \(\mathrm{D}f~\!\) over \(\mathrm{E}X\!\) that is defined by the formula \(\mathrm{D}f = \mathrm{E}f - f,\!\) or, written out in full:

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{D}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q) & = & f(p + \mathrm{d}p,~ q + \mathrm{d}q) - f(p, q) & = & \texttt{(} f( \texttt{(} p, \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)},~ \texttt{(} q, \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} ),~ f(p, q) \texttt{)} \end{matrix}\!\)

In the example \(f(p, q) = pq,\!\) the difference \(\mathrm{D}f~\!\) is computed as follows:

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{D}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q) & = & (p + \mathrm{d}p)(q + \mathrm{d}q) - pq & = & \texttt{((} p, \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)(} q, \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}, pq \texttt{)} \end{matrix}\!\)

Cactus Graph Df = ((P,dP)(Q,dQ),PQ).jpg

We did not yet go through the trouble to interpret this (first order) difference of conjunction fully, but were happy simply to evaluate it with respect to a single location in the universe of discourse, namely, at the point picked out by the singular proposition \(pq,\!\) that is, at the place where \(p = 1\!\) and \(q = 1.\!\) This evaluation is written in the form \(\mathrm{D}f|_{pq}\!\) or \(\mathrm{D}f|_{(1, 1)},\!\) and we arrived at the locally applicable law that is stated and illustrated as follows:

\(f(p, q) ~=~ pq ~=~ p ~\mathrm{and}~ q \quad \Rightarrow \quad \mathrm{D}f|_{pq} ~=~ \texttt{((} \mathrm{dp} \texttt{)(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{))} ~=~ \mathrm{d}p ~\mathrm{or}~ \mathrm{d}q\!\)

Venn Diagram PQ Difference Conj At Conj.jpg
Cactus Graph PQ Difference Conj At Conj.jpg

The picture shows the analysis of the inclusive disjunction \(\texttt{((} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{))}\!\) into the following exclusive disjunction:

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{d}p ~\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} & + & \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}~ \mathrm{d}q & + & \mathrm{d}p ~\mathrm{d}q \end{matrix}\!\)

The differential proposition that results may be interpreted to say “change \(p\!\) or change \(q\!\) or both”. And this can be recognized as just what you need to do if you happen to find yourself in the center cell and require a complete and detailed description of ways to escape it.

Last time we computed what is variously called the difference map, the difference proposition, or the local proposition \(\mathrm{D}f_x\!\) of the proposition \(f(p, q) = pq\!\) at the point \(x\!\) where \(p = 1\!\) and \(q = 1.\!\)

In the universe \(X = P \times Q,\!\) the four propositions \(pq,~ p \texttt{(} q \texttt{)},~ \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} q,~ \texttt{(} p \texttt{)(} q \texttt{)}\!\) that indicate the “cells”, or the smallest regions of the venn diagram, are called singular propositions. These serve as an alternative notation for naming the points \((1, 1),~ (1, 0),~ (0, 1),~ (0, 0),\!\) respectively.

Thus we can write \(\mathrm{D}f_x = \mathrm{D}f|x = \mathrm{D}f|(1, 1) = \mathrm{D}f|pq,\!\) so long as we know the frame of reference in force.

In the example \(f(p, q) = pq,\!\) the value of the difference proposition \(\mathrm{D}f_x\!\) at each of the four points in \(x \in X\!\) may be computed in graphical fashion as shown below:

Cactus Graph Df = ((P,dP)(Q,dQ),PQ).jpg
Cactus Graph Df@PQ = ((dP)(dQ)).jpg
Cactus Graph Df@P(Q) = (dP)dQ.jpg
Cactus Graph Df@(P)Q = dP(dQ) ISW Alt.jpg
Cactus Graph Df@(P)(Q) = dP dQ.jpg

The easy way to visualize the values of these graphical expressions is just to notice the following equivalents:

Cactus Graph Lobe Rule.jpg
Cactus Graph Spike Rule.jpg

Laying out the arrows on the augmented venn diagram, one gets a picture of a differential vector field.

Venn Diagram PQ Difference Conj.jpg

The Figure shows the points of the extended universe \(\mathrm{E}X = P \times Q \times \mathrm{d}P \times \mathrm{d}Q\!\) that are indicated by the difference map \(\mathrm{D}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B},\!\) namely, the following six points or singular propositions::

\(\begin{array}{rcccc} 1. & p & q & \mathrm{d}p & \mathrm{d}q \\ 2. & p & q & \mathrm{d}p & (\mathrm{d}q) \\ 3. & p & q & (\mathrm{d}p) & \mathrm{d}q \\ 4. & p & (q) & (\mathrm{d}p) & \mathrm{d}q \\ 5. & (p) & q & \mathrm{d}p & (\mathrm{d}q) \\ 6. & (p) & (q) & \mathrm{d}p & \mathrm{d}q \end{array}\!\)

The information borne by \(\mathrm{D}f~\!\) should be clear enough from a survey of these six points — they tell you what you have to do from each point of \(X\!\) in order to change the value borne by \(f(p, q),\!\) that is, the move you have to make in order to reach a point where the value of the proposition \(f(p, q)\!\) is different from what it is where you started.

We have been studying the action of the difference operator \(\mathrm{D}\!\) on propositions of the form \(f : P \times Q \to \mathbb{B},\!\) as illustrated by the example \(f(p, q) = pq\!\) that is known in logic as the conjunction of \(p\!\) and \(q.\!\) The resulting difference map \(\mathrm{D}f~\!\) is a (first order) differential proposition, that is, a proposition of the form \(\mathrm{D}f : P \times Q \times \mathrm{d}P \times \mathrm{d}Q \to \mathbb{B}.\!\)

Abstracting from the augmented venn diagram that shows how the models or satisfying interpretations of \(\mathrm{D}f~\!\) distribute over the extended universe of discourse \(\mathrm{E}X = P \times Q \times \mathrm{d}P \times \mathrm{d}Q,\!\) the difference map \(\mathrm{D}f~\!\) can be represented in the form of a digraph or directed graph, one whose points are labeled with the elements of \(X = P \times Q\!\) and whose arrows are labeled with the elements of \(\mathrm{d}X = \mathrm{d}P \times \mathrm{d}Q,\!\) as shown in the following Figure.

Directed Graph PQ Difference Conj.jpg

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} f & = & p & \cdot & q \\[4pt] \mathrm{D}f & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & ((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)) \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & ~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~ \\[4pt] & + & (p) & \cdot & q & \cdot & ~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~ \\[4pt] & + & (p) & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & ~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~ \end{array}\!\)

Any proposition worth its salt can be analyzed from many different points of view, any one of which has the potential to reveal an unsuspected aspect of the proposition's meaning. We will encounter more and more of these alternative readings as we go.

The enlargement or shift operator \(\mathrm{E}\!\) exhibits a wealth of interesting and useful properties in its own right, so it pays to examine a few of the more salient features that play out on the surface of our initial example, \(f(p, q) = pq.\!\)

A suitably generic definition of the extended universe of discourse is afforded by the following set-up:

\(\begin{array}{lccl} \text{Let} & X & = & X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k. \\[6pt] \text{Let} & \mathrm{d}X & = & \mathrm{d}X_1 \times \ldots \times \mathrm{d}X_k. \\[6pt] \text{Then} & \mathrm{E}X & = & X \times \mathrm{d}X \\[6pt] & & = & X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k ~\times~ \mathrm{d}X_1 \times \ldots \times \mathrm{d}X_k \end{array}\!\)

For a proposition of the form \(f : X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k \to \mathbb{B},\!\) the (first order) enlargement of \(f\!\) is the proposition \(\mathrm{E}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) that is defined by the following equation:

\(\begin{array}{l} \mathrm{E}f(x_1, \ldots, x_k, \mathrm{d}x_1, \ldots, \mathrm{d}x_k) \\[6pt] = \quad f(x_1 + \mathrm{d}x_1, \ldots, x_k + \mathrm{d}x_k) \\[6pt] = \quad f( \texttt{(} x_1, \mathrm{d}x_1 \texttt{)}, \ldots, \texttt{(} x_k, \mathrm{d}x_k \texttt{)} ) \end{array}\!\)

The differential variables \(\mathrm{d}x_j\!\) are boolean variables of the same basic type as the ordinary variables \(x_j.\!\) Although it is conventional to distinguish the (first order) differential variables with the operative prefix “\(\mathrm{d}\!\)” this way of notating differential variables is entirely optional. It is their existence in particular relations to the initial variables, not their names, that defines them as differential variables.

In the example of logical conjunction, \(f(p, q) = pq,\!\) the enlargement \(\mathrm{E}f\!\) is formulated as follows:

\(\begin{array}{l} \mathrm{E}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q) \\[6pt] = \quad (p + \mathrm{d}p)(q + \mathrm{d}q) \\[6pt] = \quad \texttt{(} p, \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)(} q, \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} \end{array}\!\)

Given that this expression uses nothing more than the boolean ring operations of addition and multiplication, it is permissible to “multiply things out” in the usual manner to arrive at the following result:

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{E}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q) & = & p~q & + & p~\mathrm{d}q & + & q~\mathrm{d}p & + & \mathrm{d}p~\mathrm{d}q \end{matrix}\!\)

To understand what the enlarged or shifted proposition means in logical terms, it serves to go back and analyze the above expression for \(\mathrm{E}f\!\) in the same way that we did for \(\mathrm{D}f.\!\) Toward that end, the value of \(\mathrm{E}f_x\!\) at each \(x \in X\!\) may be computed in graphical fashion as shown below:

Cactus Graph Ef = (P,dP)(Q,dQ).jpg
Cactus Graph Ef@PQ = (dP)(dQ).jpg
Cactus Graph Ef@P(Q) = (dP)dQ.jpg
Cactus Graph Ef@(P)Q = dP(dQ).jpg
Cactus Graph Ef@(P)(Q) = dP dQ.jpg

Given the data that develops in this form of analysis, the disjoined ingredients can now be folded back into a boolean expansion or a disjunctive normal form (DNF) that is equivalent to the enlarged proposition \(\mathrm{E}f.\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{E}f & = & pq \cdot \mathrm{E}f_{pq} & + & p(q) \cdot \mathrm{E}f_{p(q)} & + & (p)q \cdot \mathrm{E}f_{(p)q} & + & (p)(q) \cdot \mathrm{E}f_{(p)(q)} \end{matrix}\!\)

Here is a summary of the result, illustrated by means of a digraph picture, where the “no change” element \((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)\!\) is drawn as a loop at the point \(p~q.\!\)

Directed Graph PQ Enlargement Conj.jpg

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} f & = & p & \cdot & q \\[4pt] \mathrm{E}f & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & (\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q) \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & (\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~ \\[4pt] & + & (p) & \cdot & q & \cdot & ~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q) \\[4pt] & + & (p) & \cdot & (q) & \cdot & ~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~\end{array}\!\)

We may understand the enlarged proposition \(\mathrm{E}f\!\) as telling us all the different ways to reach a model of the proposition \(f\!\) from each point of the universe \(X.\!\)

Propositional Forms on Two Variables

To broaden our experience with simple examples, let us examine the sixteen functions of concrete type \(P \times Q \to \mathbb{B}\!\) and abstract type \(\mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B}.\!\) A few Tables are set here that detail the actions of \(\mathrm{E}\!\) and \(\mathrm{D}\!\) on each of these functions, allowing us to view the results in several different ways.

Tables A1 and A2 show two ways of arranging the 16 boolean functions on two variables, giving equivalent expressions for each function in several different systems of notation.


\(\text{Table A1.}~~\text{Propositional Forms on Two Variables}\!\)

\(\mathcal{L}_1\!\)

\(\text{Decimal}\!\)

\(\mathcal{L}_2\!\)

\(\text{Binary}\!\)

\(\mathcal{L}_3\!\)

\(\text{Vector}\!\)

\(\mathcal{L}_4\!\)

\(\text{Cactus}\!\)

\(\mathcal{L}_5\!\)

\(\text{English}\!\)

\(\mathcal{L}_6~\!\)

\(\text{Ordinary}\!\)

  \(p\colon\!\) \(1~1~0~0\!\)      
  \(q\colon\!\) \(1~0~1~0\!\)      

\(\begin{matrix} f_0 \\[4pt] f_1 \\[4pt] f_2 \\[4pt] f_3 \\[4pt] f_4 \\[4pt] f_5 \\[4pt] f_6 \\[4pt] f_7 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_{0000} \\[4pt] f_{0001} \\[4pt] f_{0010} \\[4pt] f_{0011} \\[4pt] f_{0100} \\[4pt] f_{0101} \\[4pt] f_{0110} \\[4pt] f_{0111} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} 0~0~0~0 \\[4pt] 0~0~0~1 \\[4pt] 0~0~1~0 \\[4pt] 0~0~1~1 \\[4pt] 0~1~0~0 \\[4pt] 0~1~0~1 \\[4pt] 0~1~1~0 \\[4pt] 0~1~1~1 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~) \\[4pt] (p)(q) \\[4pt] (p)~q~ \\[4pt] (p)~ ~ \\[4pt] ~p~(q) \\[4pt] ~ ~(q) \\[4pt] (p,~q) \\[4pt] (p~~q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \text{false} \\[4pt] \text{neither}~ p ~\text{nor}~ q \\[4pt] q ~\text{without}~ p \\[4pt] \text{not}~ p \\[4pt] p ~\text{without}~ q \\[4pt] \text{not}~ q \\[4pt] p ~\text{not equal to}~ q \\[4pt] \text{not both}~ p ~\text{and}~ q \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} 0 \\[4pt] \lnot p \land \lnot q \\[4pt] \lnot p \land q \\[4pt] \lnot p \\[4pt] p \land \lnot q \\[4pt] \lnot q \\[4pt] p \ne q \\[4pt] \lnot p \lor \lnot q \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_8 \\[4pt] f_9 \\[4pt] f_{10} \\[4pt] f_{11} \\[4pt] f_{12} \\[4pt] f_{13} \\[4pt] f_{14} \\[4pt] f_{15} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_{1000} \\[4pt] f_{1001} \\[4pt] f_{1010} \\[4pt] f_{1011} \\[4pt] f_{1100} \\[4pt] f_{1101} \\[4pt] f_{1110} \\[4pt] f_{1111} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} 1~0~0~0 \\[4pt] 1~0~0~1 \\[4pt] 1~0~1~0 \\[4pt] 1~0~1~1 \\[4pt] 1~1~0~0 \\[4pt] 1~1~0~1 \\[4pt] 1~1~1~0 \\[4pt] 1~1~1~1 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~~p~~q~~ \\[4pt] ((p,~q)) \\[4pt] ~ ~ ~q~~ \\[4pt] ~(p~(q)) \\[4pt] ~~p~ ~ ~ \\[4pt] ((p)~q)~ \\[4pt] ((p)(q)) \\[4pt] ((~)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} p ~\text{and}~ q \\[4pt] p ~\text{equal to}~ q \\[4pt] q \\[4pt] \text{not}~ p ~\text{without}~ q \\[4pt] p \\[4pt] \text{not}~ q ~\text{without}~ p \\[4pt] p ~\text{or}~ q \\[4pt] \text{true} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} p \land q \\[4pt] p = q \\[4pt] q \\[4pt] p \Rightarrow q \\[4pt] p \\[4pt] p \Leftarrow q \\[4pt] p \lor q \\[4pt] 1 \end{matrix}\!\)


\(\text{Table A2.}~~\text{Propositional Forms on Two Variables}\!\)

\(\mathcal{L}_1\!\)

\(\text{Decimal}\!\)

\(\mathcal{L}_2\!\)

\(\text{Binary}\!\)

\(\mathcal{L}_3\!\)

\(\text{Vector}\!\)

\(\mathcal{L}_4\!\)

\(\text{Cactus}\!\)

\(\mathcal{L}_5\!\)

\(\text{English}\!\)

\(\mathcal{L}_6~\!\)

\(\text{Ordinary}\!\)

  \(p\colon\!\) \(1~1~0~0\!\)      
  \(q\colon\!\) \(1~0~1~0\!\)      
\(f_0\!\) \(f_{0000}\!\) \(0~0~0~0\!\) \((~)\!\) \(\text{false}\!\) \(0\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_1 \\[4pt] f_2 \\[4pt] f_4 \\[4pt] f_8 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_{0001} \\[4pt] f_{0010} \\[4pt] f_{0100} \\[4pt] f_{1000} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} 0~0~0~1 \\[4pt] 0~0~1~0 \\[4pt] 0~1~0~0 \\[4pt] 1~0~0~0 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p)(q) \\[4pt] (p)~q~ \\[4pt] ~p~(q) \\[4pt] ~p~~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \text{neither}~ p ~\text{nor}~ q \\[4pt] q ~\text{without}~ p \\[4pt] p ~\text{without}~ q \\[4pt] p ~\text{and}~ q \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \lnot p \land \lnot q \\[4pt] \lnot p \land q \\[4pt] p \land \lnot q \\[4pt] p \land q \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_3 \\[4pt] f_{12} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_{0011} \\[4pt] f_{1100} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} 0~0~1~1 \\[4pt] 1~1~0~0 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p) \\[4pt] ~p~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \text{not}~ p \\[4pt] p \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \lnot p \\[4pt] p \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_6 \\[4pt] f_9 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_{0110} \\[4pt] f_{1001} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} 0~1~1~0 \\[4pt] 1~0~0~1 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(p,~q)~ \\[4pt] ((p,~q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} p ~\text{not equal to}~ q \\[4pt] p ~\text{equal to}~ q \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} p \ne q \\[4pt] p = q \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_5 \\[4pt] f_{10} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_{0101} \\[4pt] f_{1010} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} 0~1~0~1 \\[4pt] 1~0~1~0 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (q) \\[4pt] ~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \text{not}~ q \\[4pt] q \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \lnot q \\[4pt] q \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_7 \\[4pt] f_{11} \\[4pt] f_{13} \\[4pt] f_{14} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_{0111} \\[4pt] f_{1011} \\[4pt] f_{1101} \\[4pt] f_{1110} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} 0~1~1~1 \\[4pt] 1~0~1~1 \\[4pt] 1~1~0~1 \\[4pt] 1~1~1~0 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(p~~q)~ \\[4pt] ~(p~(q)) \\[4pt] ((p)~q)~ \\[4pt] ((p)(q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \text{not both}~ p ~\text{and}~ q \\[4pt] \text{not}~ p ~\text{without}~ q \\[4pt] \text{not}~ q ~\text{without}~ p \\[4pt] p ~\text{or}~ q \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \lnot p \lor \lnot q \\[4pt] p \Rightarrow q \\[4pt] p \Leftarrow q \\[4pt] p \lor q \end{matrix}\!\)

\(f_{15}\!\) \(f_{1111}\!\) \(1~1~1~1\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(\text{true}\!\) \(1\!\)


Transforms Expanded over Differential Features

The next four Tables expand the expressions of \(\mathrm{E}f\!\) and \(\mathrm{D}f~\!\) in two different ways, for each of the sixteen functions. Notice that the functions are given in a different order, partitioned into seven natural classes by a group action.


\(\text{Table A3.}~~\mathrm{E}f ~\text{Expanded over Differential Features}~ \{ \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q \}\!\)
  \(f\!\)

\(\mathrm{T}_{11} f\!\)

\(\mathrm{E}f|_{\mathrm{d}p~\mathrm{d}q}\!\)

\(\mathrm{T}_{10} f\!\)

\(\mathrm{E}f|_{\mathrm{d}p(\mathrm{d}q)}\!\)

\(\mathrm{T}_{01} f\!\)

\(\mathrm{E}f|_{(\mathrm{d}p)\mathrm{d}q}\!\)

\(\mathrm{T}_{00} f\!\)

\(\mathrm{E}f|_{(\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)}\!\)

\(f_0\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_1 \\[4pt] f_2 \\[4pt] f_4 \\[4pt] f_8 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p)(q) \\[4pt] (p)~q~ \\[4pt] ~p~(q) \\[4pt] ~p~~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~p~~q~ \\[4pt] ~p~(q) \\[4pt] (p)~q~ \\[4pt] (p)(q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~p~(q) \\[4pt] ~p~~q~ \\[4pt] (p)(q) \\[4pt] (p)~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p)~q~ \\[4pt] (p)(q) \\[4pt] ~p~~q~ \\[4pt] ~p~(q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p)(q) \\[4pt] (p)~q~ \\[4pt] ~p~(q) \\[4pt] ~p~~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_3 \\[4pt] f_{12} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p) \\[4pt] ~p~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~p~ \\[4pt] (p) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~p~ \\[4pt] (p) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p) \\[4pt] ~p~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p) \\[4pt] ~p~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_6 \\[4pt] f_9 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(p,~q)~ \\[4pt] ((p,~q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(p,~q)~ \\[4pt] ((p,~q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((p,~q)) \\[4pt] ~(p,~q)~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((p,~q)) \\[4pt] ~(p,~q)~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(p,~q)~ \\[4pt] ((p,~q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_5 \\[4pt] f_{10} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (q) \\[4pt] ~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~q~ \\[4pt] (q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (q) \\[4pt] ~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~q~ \\[4pt] (q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (q) \\[4pt] ~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_7 \\[4pt] f_{11} \\[4pt] f_{13} \\[4pt] f_{14} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~p~~q~) \\[4pt] (~p~(q)) \\[4pt] ((p)~q~) \\[4pt] ((p)(q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((p)(q)) \\[4pt] ((p)~q~) \\[4pt] (~p~(q)) \\[4pt] (~p~~q~) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((p)~q~) \\[4pt] ((p)(q)) \\[4pt] (~p~~q~) \\[4pt] (~p~(q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~p~(q)) \\[4pt] (~p~~q~) \\[4pt] ((p)(q)) \\[4pt] ((p)~q~) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~p~~q~) \\[4pt] (~p~(q)) \\[4pt] ((p)~q~) \\[4pt] ((p)(q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(f_{15}\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\)
\(\text{Fixed Point Total}\!\) \(4\!\) \(4\!\) \(4\!\) \(16\!\)


\(\text{Table A4.}~~\mathrm{D}f ~\text{Expanded over Differential Features}~ \{ \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q \}\!\)
  \(f\!\)

\(\mathrm{D}f|_{\mathrm{d}p~\mathrm{d}q}\!\)

\(\mathrm{D}f|_{\mathrm{d}p(\mathrm{d}q)}\!\)

\(\mathrm{D}f|_{(\mathrm{d}p)\mathrm{d}q}\!\)

\(\mathrm{D}f|_{(\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)}\!\)

\(f_0\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_1 \\[4pt] f_2 \\[4pt] f_4 \\[4pt] f_8 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p)(q) \\[4pt] (p)~q~ \\[4pt] ~p~(q) \\[4pt] ~p~~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((p,~q)) \\[4pt] ~(p,~q)~ \\[4pt] ~(p,~q)~ \\[4pt] ((p,~q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (q) \\[4pt] ~q~ \\[4pt] (q) \\[4pt] ~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p) \\[4pt] (p) \\[4pt] ~p~ \\[4pt] ~p~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~) \\[4pt] (~) \\[4pt] (~) \\[4pt] (~) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_3 \\[4pt] f_{12} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p) \\[4pt] ~p~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((~)) \\[4pt] ((~)) \end{matrix}~\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((~)) \\[4pt] ((~)) \end{matrix}~\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~) \\[4pt] (~) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~) \\[4pt] (~) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_6 \\[4pt] f_9 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(p,~q)~ \\[4pt] ((p,~q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~) \\[4pt] (~) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((~)) \\[4pt] ((~)) \end{matrix}~\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((~)) \\[4pt] ((~)) \end{matrix}~\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~) \\[4pt] (~) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_5 \\[4pt] f_{10} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (q) \\[4pt] ~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((~)) \\[4pt] ((~)) \end{matrix}~\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~) \\[4pt] (~) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((~)) \\[4pt] ((~)) \end{matrix}~\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~) \\[4pt] (~) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_7 \\[4pt] f_{11} \\[4pt] f_{13} \\[4pt] f_{14} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(p~~q)~ \\[4pt] ~(p~(q)) \\[4pt] ((p)~q)~ \\[4pt] ((p)(q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((p,~q)) \\[4pt] ~(p,~q)~ \\[4pt] ~(p,~q)~ \\[4pt] ((p,~q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~q~ \\[4pt] (q) \\[4pt] ~q~ \\[4pt] (q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~p~ \\[4pt] ~p~ \\[4pt] (p) \\[4pt] (p) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~) \\[4pt] (~) \\[4pt] (~) \\[4pt] (~) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(f_{15}\!\) \(((~))\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\)


Transforms Expanded over Ordinary Features


\(\text{Table A5.}~~\mathrm{E}f ~\text{Expanded over Ordinary Features}~ \{ p, q \}\!\)
  \(f\!\) \(\mathrm{E}f|_{pq}\!\) \(\mathrm{E}f|_{p(q)}\!\) \(\mathrm{E}f|_{(p)q}\!\) \(\mathrm{E}f|_{(p)(q)}\!\)
\(f_0\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_1 \\[4pt] f_2 \\[4pt] f_4 \\[4pt] f_8 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p)(q) \\[4pt] (p)~q~ \\[4pt] ~p~(q) \\[4pt] ~p~~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~ \\[4pt] ~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q) \\[4pt] (\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~ \\[4pt] (\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q) \\[4pt] ~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~ \\[4pt] (\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q) \\[4pt] (\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~ \\[4pt] (\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q) \\[4pt] ~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~ \\[4pt] ~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q) \\[4pt] (\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~ \\[4pt] ~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q) \\[4pt] ~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_3 \\[4pt] f_{12} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p) \\[4pt] ~p~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~\mathrm{d}p~ \\[4pt] (\mathrm{d}p) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~\mathrm{d}p~ \\[4pt] (\mathrm{d}p) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (\mathrm{d}p) \\[4pt] ~\mathrm{d}p~ \end{matrix}~\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (\mathrm{d}p) \\[4pt] ~\mathrm{d}p~ \end{matrix}~\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_6 \\[4pt] f_9 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(p,~q)~ \\[4pt] ((p,~q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)~ \\[4pt] ((\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)) \\[4pt] ~(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)) \\[4pt] ~(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)~ \\[4pt] ((\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_5 \\[4pt] f_{10} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (q) \\[4pt] ~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~\mathrm{d}q~ \\[4pt] (\mathrm{d}q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (\mathrm{d}q) \\[4pt] ~\mathrm{d}q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~\mathrm{d}q~ \\[4pt] (\mathrm{d}q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (\mathrm{d}q) \\[4pt] ~\mathrm{d}q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_7 \\[4pt] f_{11} \\[4pt] f_{13} \\[4pt] f_{14} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~p~~q~) \\[4pt] (~p~(q)) \\[4pt] ((p)~q~) \\[4pt] ((p)(q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)) \\[4pt] ((\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~) \\[4pt] (~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)) \\[4pt] (~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~) \\[4pt] ((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)) \\[4pt] (~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~) \\[4pt] (~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)) \\[4pt] (~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~) \\[4pt] ((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)) \\[4pt] ((\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~) \\[4pt] (~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)) \\[4pt] ((\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~) \\[4pt] ((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(f_{15}\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\)


\(\text{Table A6.}~~\mathrm{D}f ~\text{Expanded over Ordinary Features}~ \{ p, q \}\!\)
  \(f\!\) \(\mathrm{D}f|_{pq}\!\) \(\mathrm{D}f|_{p(q)}\!\) \(\mathrm{D}f|_{(p)q}\!\) \(\mathrm{D}f|_{(p)(q)}\!\)
\(f_0\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_1 \\[4pt] f_2 \\[4pt] f_4 \\[4pt] f_8 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p)(q) \\[4pt] (p)~q~ \\[4pt] ~p~(q) \\[4pt] ~p~~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~ \\[4pt] ~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~ \\[4pt] ~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~ \\[4pt] ((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~ \\[4pt] ~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~ \\[4pt] ((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)) \\[4pt] ~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~ \\[4pt] ((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)) \\[4pt] ~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~ \\[4pt] ~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)) \\[4pt] ~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~ \\[4pt] ~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~ \\[4pt] ~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_3 \\[4pt] f_{12} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p) \\[4pt] ~p~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{d}p \\[4pt] \mathrm{d}p \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{d}p \\[4pt] \mathrm{d}p \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{d}p \\[4pt] \mathrm{d}p \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{d}p \\[4pt] \mathrm{d}p \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_6 \\[4pt] f_9 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(p,~q)~ \\[4pt] ((p,~q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q) \\[4pt] (\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q) \\[4pt] (\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q) \\[4pt] (\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q) \\[4pt] (\mathrm{d}p,~\mathrm{d}q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_5 \\[4pt] f_{10} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (q) \\[4pt] ~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{d}q \\[4pt] \mathrm{d}q \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{d}q \\[4pt] \mathrm{d}q \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{d}q \\[4pt] \mathrm{d}q \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{d}q \\[4pt] \mathrm{d}q \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_7 \\[4pt] f_{11} \\[4pt] f_{13} \\[4pt] f_{14} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~p~~q~) \\[4pt] (~p~(q)) \\[4pt] ((p)~q~) \\[4pt] ((p)(q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)) \\[4pt] ~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~ \\[4pt] ~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~ \\[4pt] ~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~ \\[4pt] ((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)) \\[4pt] ~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~ \\[4pt] ~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~ \\[4pt] ~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~ \\[4pt] ((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)) \\[4pt] ~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~~\mathrm{d}p~~\mathrm{d}q~~ \\[4pt] ~~\mathrm{d}p~(\mathrm{d}q)~ \\[4pt] ~(\mathrm{d}p)~\mathrm{d}q~~ \\[4pt] ((\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(f_{15}\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\)


Operational Representation

If you think that I linger in the realm of logical difference calculus out of sheer vacillation about getting down to the differential proper, it is probably out of a prior expectation that you derive from the art or the long-engrained practice of real analysis. But the fact is that ordinary calculus only rushes on to the sundry orders of approximation because the strain of comprehending the full import of \(\mathrm{E}\!\) and \(\mathrm{D}\!\) at once overwhelms its discrete and finite powers to grasp them. But here, in the fully serene idylls of zeroth order logic, we find ourselves fit with the compass of a wit that is all we'd ever need to explore their effects with care.

So let us do just that.

I will first rationalize the novel grouping of propositional forms in the last set of Tables, as that will extend a gentle invitation to the mathematical subject of group theory, and demonstrate its relevance to differential logic in a strikingly apt and useful way. The data for that account is contained in Table A3.


\(\text{Table A3.}~~\mathrm{E}f ~\text{Expanded over Differential Features}~ \{ \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q \}\!\)
  \(f\!\)

\(\mathrm{T}_{11} f\!\)

\(\mathrm{E}f|_{\mathrm{d}p~\mathrm{d}q}\!\)

\(\mathrm{T}_{10} f\!\)

\(\mathrm{E}f|_{\mathrm{d}p(\mathrm{d}q)}\!\)

\(\mathrm{T}_{01} f\!\)

\(\mathrm{E}f|_{(\mathrm{d}p)\mathrm{d}q}\!\)

\(\mathrm{T}_{00} f\!\)

\(\mathrm{E}f|_{(\mathrm{d}p)(\mathrm{d}q)}\!\)

\(f_0\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\) \((~)\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_1 \\[4pt] f_2 \\[4pt] f_4 \\[4pt] f_8 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p)(q) \\[4pt] (p)~q~ \\[4pt] ~p~(q) \\[4pt] ~p~~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~p~~q~ \\[4pt] ~p~(q) \\[4pt] (p)~q~ \\[4pt] (p)(q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~p~(q) \\[4pt] ~p~~q~ \\[4pt] (p)(q) \\[4pt] (p)~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p)~q~ \\[4pt] (p)(q) \\[4pt] ~p~~q~ \\[4pt] ~p~(q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p)(q) \\[4pt] (p)~q~ \\[4pt] ~p~(q) \\[4pt] ~p~~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_3 \\[4pt] f_{12} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p) \\[4pt] ~p~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~p~ \\[4pt] (p) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~p~ \\[4pt] (p) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p) \\[4pt] ~p~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (p) \\[4pt] ~p~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_6 \\[4pt] f_9 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(p,~q)~ \\[4pt] ((p,~q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(p,~q)~ \\[4pt] ((p,~q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((p,~q)) \\[4pt] ~(p,~q)~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((p,~q)) \\[4pt] ~(p,~q)~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~(p,~q)~ \\[4pt] ((p,~q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_5 \\[4pt] f_{10} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (q) \\[4pt] ~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~q~ \\[4pt] (q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (q) \\[4pt] ~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ~q~ \\[4pt] (q) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (q) \\[4pt] ~q~ \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} f_7 \\[4pt] f_{11} \\[4pt] f_{13} \\[4pt] f_{14} \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~p~~q~) \\[4pt] (~p~(q)) \\[4pt] ((p)~q~) \\[4pt] ((p)(q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((p)(q)) \\[4pt] ((p)~q~) \\[4pt] (~p~(q)) \\[4pt] (~p~~q~) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} ((p)~q~) \\[4pt] ((p)(q)) \\[4pt] (~p~~q~) \\[4pt] (~p~(q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~p~(q)) \\[4pt] (~p~~q~) \\[4pt] ((p)(q)) \\[4pt] ((p)~q~) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} (~p~~q~) \\[4pt] (~p~(q)) \\[4pt] ((p)~q~) \\[4pt] ((p)(q)) \end{matrix}\!\)

\(f_{15}\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\) \(((~))\!\)
\(\text{Fixed Point Total}\!\) \(4\!\) \(4\!\) \(4\!\) \(16\!\)


The shift operator \(\mathrm{E}\!\) can be understood as enacting a substitution operation on the propositional form \(f(p, q)\!\) that is given as its argument. In our present focus on propositional forms that involve two variables, we have the following type specifications and definitions:

\(\begin{array}{lcl} \mathrm{E} ~:~ (X \to \mathbb{B}) & \to & (\mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}) \\[6pt] \mathrm{E} ~:~ f(p, q) & \mapsto & \mathrm{E}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q) \\[6pt] \mathrm{E}f(p, q, \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q) & = & f(p + \mathrm{d}p, q + \mathrm{d}q) \\[6pt] & = & f( \texttt{(} p, \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)}, \texttt{(} q, \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} ) \end{array}\!\)

Evaluating \(\mathrm{E}f\!\) at particular values of \(\mathrm{d}p\!\) and \(\mathrm{d}q,\!\) for example, \(\mathrm{d}p = i\!\) and \(\mathrm{d}q = j,\!\) where \(i\!\) and \(j\!\) are values in \(\mathbb{B},\!\) produces the following result:

\(\begin{array}{lclcl} \mathrm{E}_{ij} & : & (X \to \mathbb{B}) & \to & (X \to \mathbb{B}) \\[6pt] \mathrm{E}_{ij} & : & f & \mapsto & \mathrm{E}_{ij}f \\[6pt] \mathrm{E}_{ij}f & = & \mathrm{E}f|_{\mathrm{d}p = i, \mathrm{d}q = j} & = & f(p + i, q + j) \\[6pt] & & & = & f( \texttt{(} p, i \texttt{)}, \texttt{(} q, j \texttt{)} ) \end{array}\!\)

The notation is a little awkward, but the data of Table A3 should make the sense clear. The important thing to observe is that \(\mathrm{E}_{ij}\!\) has the effect of transforming each proposition \(f : X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) into a proposition \(f^\prime : X \to \mathbb{B}.\!\) As it happens, the action of each \(\mathrm{E}_{ij}\!\) is one-to-one and onto, so the gang of four operators \(\{ \mathrm{E}_{ij} : i, j \in \mathbb{B} \}\!\) is an example of what is called a transformation group on the set of sixteen propositions. Bowing to a longstanding local and linear tradition, I will therefore redub the four elements of this group as \(\mathrm{T}_{00}, \mathrm{T}_{01}, \mathrm{T}_{10}, \mathrm{T}_{11},\!\) to bear in mind their transformative character, or nature, as the case may be. Abstractly viewed, this group of order four has the following operation table:


\(\cdot\!\)

\(\mathrm{T}_{00}\!\)

\(\mathrm{T}_{01}\!\)

\(\mathrm{T}_{10}\!\)

\(\mathrm{T}_{11}\!\)

\(\mathrm{T}_{00}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{00}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{01}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{10}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{11}\!\)
\(\mathrm{T}_{01}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{01}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{00}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{11}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{10}\!\)
\(\mathrm{T}_{10}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{10}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{11}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{00}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{01}\!\)
\(\mathrm{T}_{11}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{11}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{10}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{01}\!\) \(\mathrm{T}_{00}\!\)


It happens that there are just two possible groups of 4 elements. One is the cyclic group \(Z_4\!\) (from German Zyklus), which this is not. The other is the Klein four-group \(V_4\!\) (from German Vier), which this is.

More concretely viewed, the group as a whole pushes the set of sixteen propositions around in such a way that they fall into seven natural classes, called orbits. One says that the orbits are preserved by the action of the group. There is an Orbit Lemma of immense utility to “those who count” which, depending on your upbringing, you may associate with the names of Burnside, Cauchy, Frobenius, or some subset or superset of these three, vouching that the number of orbits is equal to the mean number of fixed points, in other words, the total number of points (in our case, propositions) that are left unmoved by the separate operations, divided by the order of the group. In this instance, \(\mathrm{T}_{00}\!\) operates as the group identity, fixing all 16 propositions, while the other three group elements fix 4 propositions each, and so we get:   Number of Orbits  =  (4 + 4 + 4 + 16) ÷ 4  =  7.   Amazing!

Consider what effects that might conceivably have practical bearings you conceive the objects of your conception to have. Then, your conception of those effects is the whole of your conception of the object.

— Charles Sanders Peirce, “Issues of Pragmaticism”, (CP 5.438)

One other subject that it would be opportune to mention at this point, while we have an object example of a mathematical group fresh in mind, is the relationship between the pragmatic maxim and what are commonly known in mathematics as representation principles. As it turns out, with regard to its formal characteristics, the pragmatic maxim unites the aspects of a representation principle with the attributes of what would ordinarily be known as a closure principle. We will consider the form of closure that is invoked by the pragmatic maxim on another occasion, focusing here and now on the topic of group representations.

Let us return to the example of the four-group \(V_4.\!\) We encountered this group in one of its concrete representations, namely, as a transformation group that acts on a set of objects, in this case a set of sixteen functions or propositions. Forgetting about the set of objects that the group transforms among themselves, we may take the abstract view of the group's operational structure, for example, in the form of the group operation table copied here:


\(\cdot\!\)

\(\mathrm{e}\!\)

\(\mathrm{f}\!\)

\(\mathrm{g}\!\)

\(\mathrm{h}\!\)

\(\mathrm{e}\!\) \(\mathrm{e}\!\) \(\mathrm{f}\!\) \(\mathrm{g}\!\) \(\mathrm{h}\!\)
\(\mathrm{f}\!\) \(\mathrm{f}\!\) \(\mathrm{e}\!\) \(\mathrm{h}\!\) \(\mathrm{g}\!\)
\(\mathrm{g}\!\) \(\mathrm{g}\!\) \(\mathrm{h}\!\) \(\mathrm{e}\!\) \(\mathrm{f}\!\)
\(\mathrm{h}\!\) \(\mathrm{h}\!\) \(\mathrm{g}\!\) \(\mathrm{f}\!\) \(\mathrm{e}\!\)


This table is abstractly the same as, or isomorphic to, the versions with the \(\mathrm{E}_{ij}\!\) operators and the \(\mathrm{T}_{ij}\!\) transformations that we took up earlier. That is to say, the story is the same, only the names have been changed. An abstract group can have a variety of significantly and superficially different representations. But even after we have long forgotten the details of any particular representation there is a type of concrete representations, called regular representations, that are always readily available, as they can be generated from the mere data of the abstract operation table itself.

To see how a regular representation is constructed from the abstract operation table, select a group element from the top margin of the Table, and “consider its effects” on each of the group elements as they are listed along the left margin. We may record these effects as Peirce usually did, as a logical aggregate of elementary dyadic relatives, that is, as a logical disjunction or boolean sum whose terms represent the ordered pairs of \(\mathrm{input} : \mathrm{output}\!\) transactions that are produced by each group element in turn. This forms one of the two possible regular representations of the group, in this case the one that is called the post-regular representation or the right regular representation. It has long been conventional to organize the terms of this logical aggregate in the form of a matrix:

Reading “\(+\!\)” as a logical disjunction:

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{G} & = & \mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{h} \end{matrix}\!\)

And so, by expanding effects, we get:

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{G} & = & \mathrm{e}:\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{f}:\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{g}:\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{h}:\mathrm{h} \\[4pt] & + & \mathrm{e}:\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{f}:\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{g}:\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{h}:\mathrm{g} \\[4pt] & + & \mathrm{e}:\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{f}:\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{g}:\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{h}:\mathrm{f} \\[4pt] & + & \mathrm{e}:\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{f}:\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{g}:\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{h}:\mathrm{e} \end{matrix}\!\)

More on the pragmatic maxim as a representation principle later.

The above-mentioned fact about the regular representations of a group is universally known as Cayley's Theorem, typically stated in the following form:

Every group is isomorphic to a subgroup of \(\mathrm{Aut}(X),\!\) the group of automorphisms of a suitably chosen set \(X\!\).

There is a considerable generalization of these regular representations to a broad class of relational algebraic systems in Peirce's earliest papers. The crux of the whole idea is this:

Contemplate the effects of the symbol whose meaning you wish to investigate as they play out on all the stages of conduct where you can imagine that symbol playing a role.

This idea of contextual definition by way of conduct transforming operators is basically the same as Jeremy Bentham's notion of paraphrasis, a “method of accounting for fictions by explaining various purported terms away” (Quine, in Van Heijenoort, From Frege to Gödel, p. 216). Today we'd call these constructions term models. This, again, is the big idea behind Schönfinkel's combinators \(\mathrm{S}, \mathrm{K}, \mathrm{I},\!\) and hence of lambda calculus, and I reckon you know where that leads.

The next few excursions in this series will provide a scenic tour of various ideas in group theory that will turn out to be of constant guidance in several of the settings that are associated with our topic.

Let me return to Peirce's early papers on the algebra of relatives to pick up the conventions that he used there, and then rewrite my account of regular representations in a way that conforms to those.

Peirce describes the action of an “elementary dual relative” in this way:

Elementary simple relatives are connected together in systems of four. For if \(\mathrm{A}\!:\!\mathrm{B}\!\) be taken to denote the elementary relative which multiplied into \(\mathrm{B}\!\) gives \(\mathrm{A},\!\) then this relation existing as elementary, we have the four elementary relatives
\(\mathrm{A}\!:\!\mathrm{A} \qquad \mathrm{A}\!:\!\mathrm{B} \qquad \mathrm{B}\!:\!\mathrm{A} \qquad \mathrm{B}\!:\!\mathrm{B}.\!\)
C.S. Peirce, Collected Papers, CP 3.123.

Peirce is well aware that it is not at all necessary to arrange the elementary relatives of a relation into arrays, matrices, or tables, but when he does so he tends to prefer organizing 2-adic relations in the following manner:

\(\begin{bmatrix} a\!:\!a & a\!:\!b & a\!:\!c \\ b\!:\!a & b\!:\!b & b\!:\!c \\ c\!:\!a & c\!:\!b & c\!:\!c \end{bmatrix}\!\)

For example, given the set \(X = \{ a, b, c \},\!\) suppose that we have the 2-adic relative term \(\mathit{m} = {}^{\backprime\backprime}\, \text{marker for}\, \underline{~ ~ ~}\, {}^{\prime\prime}~\!\) and the associated 2-adic relation \(M \subseteq X \times X,\!\) the general pattern of whose common structure is represented by the following matrix:

\( M \quad = \quad \begin{bmatrix} M_{aa}(a\!:\!a) & M_{ab}(a\!:\!b) & M_{ac}(a\!:\!c) \\ M_{ba}(b\!:\!a) & M_{bb}(b\!:\!b) & M_{bc}(b\!:\!c) \\ M_{ca}(c\!:\!a) & M_{cb}(c\!:\!b) & M_{cc}(c\!:\!c) \end{bmatrix} \!\)

For at least a little while longer, I will keep explicit the distinction between a relative term like \(\mathit{m}\!\) and a relation like \(M \subseteq X \times X,\!\) but it is best to view both these entities as involving different applications of the same information, and so we could just as easily write the following form:

\( m \quad = \quad \begin{bmatrix} m_{aa}(a\!:\!a) & m_{ab}(a\!:\!b) & m_{ac}(a\!:\!c) \\ m_{ba}(b\!:\!a) & m_{bb}(b\!:\!b) & m_{bc}(b\!:\!c) \\ m_{ca}(c\!:\!a) & m_{cb}(c\!:\!b) & m_{cc}(c\!:\!c) \end{bmatrix} \!\)

By way of making up a concrete example, let us say that \(\mathit{m}\!\) or \(M\!\) is given as follows:

\(\begin{array}{l} a ~\text{is a marker for}~ a \\ a ~\text{is a marker for}~ b \\ b ~\text{is a marker for}~ b \\ b ~\text{is a marker for}~ c \\ c ~\text{is a marker for}~ c \\ c ~\text{is a marker for}~ a \end{array}\!\)

In sum, then, the relative term \(\mathit{m}\!\) and the relation \(M\!\) are both represented by the following matrix:

\(\begin{bmatrix} 1 \cdot (a\!:\!a) & 1 \cdot (a\!:\!b) & 0 \cdot (a\!:\!c) \\ 0 \cdot (b\!:\!a) & 1 \cdot (b\!:\!b) & 1 \cdot (b\!:\!c) \\ 1 \cdot (c\!:\!a) & 0 \cdot (c\!:\!b) & 1 \cdot (c\!:\!c) \end{bmatrix}\!\)

I think this much will serve to fix notation and set up the remainder of the discussion.

In Peirce's time, and even in some circles of mathematics today, the information indicated by the elementary relatives \((i\!:\!j),\!\) as the indices \(i, j\!\) range over the universe of discourse, would be referred to as the umbral elements of the algebraic operation represented by the matrix, though I seem to recall that Peirce preferred to call these terms the “ingredients”. When this ordered basis is understood well enough, one will tend to drop any mention of it from the matrix itself, leaving us nothing but these bare bones:

\( M \quad = \quad \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 & 0 \\ 0 & 1 & 1 \\ 1 & 0 & 1 \end{bmatrix} \!\)

The various representations of \(M\!\) are nothing more than alternative ways of specifying its basic ingredients, namely, the following aggregate of elementary relatives:

\(\begin{array}{*{13}{c}} M & = & a\!:\!a & + & b\!:\!b & + & c\!:\!c & + & a\!:\!b & + & b\!:\!c & + & c\!:\!a \end{array}\!\)

Recognizing that \(a\!:\!a + b\!:\!b + c\!:\!c\!\) is the identity transformation otherwise known as \(\mathit{1},\!\) the 2-adic relative term \(m = {}^{\backprime\backprime}\, \text{marker for}\, \underline{~ ~ ~}\, {}^{\prime\prime}~\!\) can be parsed as an element \(\mathit{1} + a\!:\!b + b\!:\!c + c\!:\!a\!\) of the so-called group ring, all of which makes this element just a special sort of linear transformation.

Up to this point, we are still reading the elementary relatives of the form \(i\!:\!j\!\) in the way that Peirce read them in logical contexts:  \(i\!\) is the relate, \(j\!\) is the correlate, and in our current example \(i\!:\!j,\!\) or more exactly, \(m_{ij} = 1,\!\) is taken to say that \(i\!\) is a marker for \(j.\!\)  This is the mode of reading that we call “multiplying on the left”.

In the algebraic, permutational, or transformational contexts of application, however, Peirce converts to the alternative mode of reading, although still calling \(i\!\) the relate and \(j\!\) the correlate, the elementary relative \(i\!:\!j\!\) now means that \(i\!\) gets changed into \(j.\!\) In this scheme of reading, the transformation \(a\!:\!b + b\!:\!c + c\!:\!a\!\) is a permutation of the aggregate \(\mathbf{1} = a + b + c,\!\) or what we would now call the set \(\{ a, b, c \},\!\) in particular, it is the permutation that is otherwise notated as follows:

\(\begin{Bmatrix} a & b & c \\ b & c & a \end{Bmatrix}\!\)

This is consistent with the convention that Peirce uses in the paper “On a Class of Multiple Algebras” (CP 3.324–327).

We've been exploring the applications of a certain technique for clarifying abstruse concepts, a rough-cut version of the pragmatic maxim that I've been accustomed to refer to as the operationalization of ideas. The basic idea is to replace the question of What it is, which modest people comprehend is far beyond their powers to answer definitively any time soon, with the question of What it does, which most people know at least a modicum about.

In the case of regular representations of groups we found a non-plussing surplus of answers to sort our way through. So let us track back one more time to see if we can learn any lessons that might carry over to more realistic cases.

Here is is the operation table of \(V_4\!\) once again:


\(\text{Klein Four-Group}~ V_4\!\)

\(\cdot\!\)

\(\mathrm{e}\!\)

\(\mathrm{f}\!\)

\(\mathrm{g}\!\)

\(\mathrm{h}\!\)

\(\mathrm{e}\!\) \(\mathrm{e}\!\) \(\mathrm{f}\!\) \(\mathrm{g}\!\) \(\mathrm{h}\!\)
\(\mathrm{f}\!\) \(\mathrm{f}\!\) \(\mathrm{e}\!\) \(\mathrm{h}\!\) \(\mathrm{g}\!\)
\(\mathrm{g}\!\) \(\mathrm{g}\!\) \(\mathrm{h}\!\) \(\mathrm{e}\!\) \(\mathrm{f}\!\)
\(\mathrm{h}\!\) \(\mathrm{h}\!\) \(\mathrm{g}\!\) \(\mathrm{f}\!\) \(\mathrm{e}\!\)


A group operation table is really just a device for recording a certain 3-adic relation, to be specific, the set of triples of the form \((x, y, z)\!\) satisfying the equation \(x \cdot y = z.\!\)

In the case of \(V_4 = (G, \cdot),\!\) where \(G\!\) is the underlying set \(\{ \mathrm{e}, \mathrm{f}, \mathrm{g}, \mathrm{h} \},\!\) we have the 3-adic relation \(L(V_4) \subseteq G \times G \times G\!\) whose triples are listed below:

\(\begin{matrix} (\mathrm{e}, \mathrm{e}, \mathrm{e}) & (\mathrm{e}, \mathrm{f}, \mathrm{f}) & (\mathrm{e}, \mathrm{g}, \mathrm{g}) & (\mathrm{e}, \mathrm{h}, \mathrm{h}) \\[6pt] (\mathrm{f}, \mathrm{e}, \mathrm{f}) & (\mathrm{f}, \mathrm{f}, \mathrm{e}) & (\mathrm{f}, \mathrm{g}, \mathrm{h}) & (\mathrm{f}, \mathrm{h}, \mathrm{g}) \\[6pt] (\mathrm{g}, \mathrm{e}, \mathrm{g}) & (\mathrm{g}, \mathrm{f}, \mathrm{h}) & (\mathrm{g}, \mathrm{g}, \mathrm{e}) & (\mathrm{g}, \mathrm{h}, \mathrm{f}) \\[6pt] (\mathrm{h}, \mathrm{e}, \mathrm{h}) & (\mathrm{h}, \mathrm{f}, \mathrm{g}) & (\mathrm{h}, \mathrm{g}, \mathrm{f}) & (\mathrm{h}, \mathrm{h}, \mathrm{e}) \end{matrix}\!\)

It is part of the definition of a group that the 3-adic relation \(L \subseteq G^3\!\) is actually a function \(L : G \times G \to G.\!\) It is from this functional perspective that we can see an easy way to derive the two regular representations. Since we have a function of the type \(L : G \times G \to G,\!\) we can define a couple of substitution operators:

1. \(\mathrm{Sub}(x, (\underline{~~}, y))\!\) puts any specified \(x\!\) into the empty slot of the rheme \((\underline{~~}, y),\!\) with the effect of producing the saturated rheme \((x, y)\!\) that evaluates to \(xy.~\!\)
2. \(\mathrm{Sub}(x, (y, \underline{~~}))\!\) puts any specified \(x\!\) into the empty slot of the rheme \((y, \underline{~~}),\!\) with the effect of producing the saturated rheme \((y, x)\!\) that evaluates to \(yx.~\!\)

In (1) we consider the effects of each \(x\!\) in its practical bearing on contexts of the form \((\underline{~~}, y),\!\) as \(y\!\) ranges over \(G,\!\) and the effects are such that \(x\!\) takes \((\underline{~~}, y)\!\) into \(xy,\!\) for \(y\!\) in \(G,\!\) all of which is notated as \(x = \{ (y : xy) ~|~ y \in G \}.\!\) The pairs \((y : xy)\!\) can be found by picking an \(x\!\) from the left margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each \(y\!\) in turn as these run across the top margin. This aspect of pragmatic definition we recognize as the regular ante-representation:

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{e} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{h} \\[4pt] \mathrm{f} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{g} \\[4pt] \mathrm{g} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{f} \\[4pt] \mathrm{h} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{e} \end{matrix}\!\)

In (2) we consider the effects of each \(x\!\) in its practical bearing on contexts of the form \((y, \underline{~~}),\!\) as \(y\!\) ranges over \(G,\!\) and the effects are such that \(x\!\) takes \((y, \underline{~~})\!\) into \(yx,\!\) for \(y\!\) in \(G,\!\) all of which is notated as \(x = \{ (y : yx) ~|~ y \in G \}.\!\) The pairs \((y : yx)\!\) can be found by picking an \(x\!\) from the top margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each \(y\!\) in turn as these run down the left margin. This aspect of pragmatic definition we recognize as the regular post-representation:

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{e} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{h} \\[4pt] \mathrm{f} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{g} \\[4pt] \mathrm{g} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{f} \\[4pt] \mathrm{h} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{e} \end{matrix}\!\)

If the ante-rep looks the same as the post-rep, now that I'm writing them in the same dialect, that is because \(V_4\!\) is abelian (commutative), and so the two representations have the very same effects on each point of their bearing.

So long as we're in the neighborhood, we might as well take in some more of the sights, for instance, the smallest example of a non-abelian (non-commutative) group. This is a group of six elements, say, \(G = \{ \mathrm{e}, \mathrm{f}, \mathrm{g}, \mathrm{h}, \mathrm{i}, \mathrm{j} \},\!\) with no relation to any other employment of these six symbols being implied, of course, and it can be most easily represented as the permutation group on a set of three letters, say, \(X = \{ a, b, c \},\!\) usually notated as \(G = \mathrm{Sym}(X)\!\) or more abstractly and briefly, as \(\mathrm{Sym}(3)\!\) or \(S_3.\!\) The next Table shows the intended correspondence between abstract group elements and the permutation or substitution operations in \(\mathrm{Sym}(X).\!\)


\(\text{Permutation Substitutions in}~ \mathrm{Sym} \{ a, b, c \}\!\)
\(\mathrm{e}\!\) \(\mathrm{f}\!\) \(\mathrm{g}\!\) \(\mathrm{h}\!\) \(\mathrm{i}~\!\) \(\mathrm{j}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] a & b & c \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] c & a & b \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] b & c & a \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] a & c & b \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] c & b & a \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] b & a & c \end{matrix}\!\)


Here is the operation table for \(S_3,\!\) given in abstract fashion:

\(\text{Symmetric Group}~ S_3\!\)
Symmetric Group S(3).jpg

By the way, we will meet with the symmetric group \(S_3~\!\) again when we return to take up the study of Peirce's early paper “On a Class of Multiple Algebras” (CP 3.324–327), and also his late unpublished work “The Simplest Mathematics” (1902) (CP 4.227–323), with particular reference to the section that treats of “Trichotomic Mathematics” (CP 4.307–323).

By way of collecting a short-term pay-off for all the work that we did on the regular representations of the Klein 4-group \(V_4,\!\) let us write out as quickly as possible in relative form a minimal budget of representations for the symmetric group on three letters, \(\mathrm{Sym}(3).\!\) After doing the usual bit of compare and contrast among the various representations, we will have enough concrete material beneath our abstract belts to tackle a few of the presently obscured details of Peirce's early “Algebra + Logic” papers.

Writing the permutations or substitutions of \(\mathrm{Sym} \{ a, b, c \}\!\) in relative form generates what is generally thought of as a natural representation of \(S_3.~\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{e} & = & a\!:\!a & + & b\!:\!b & + & c\!:\!c \\[4pt] \mathrm{f} & = & a\!:\!c & + & b\!:\!a & + & c\!:\!b \\[4pt] \mathrm{g} & = & a\!:\!b & + & b\!:\!c & + & c\!:\!a \\[4pt] \mathrm{h} & = & a\!:\!a & + & b\!:\!c & + & c\!:\!b \\[4pt] \mathrm{i} & = & a\!:\!c & + & b\!:\!b & + & c\!:\!a \\[4pt] \mathrm{j} & = & a\!:\!b & + & b\!:\!a & + & c\!:\!c \end{matrix}\!\)

I have without stopping to think about it written out this natural representation of \(S_3~\!\) in the style that comes most naturally to me, to wit, the “right” way, whereby an ordered pair configured as \(x\!:\!y\!\) constitutes the turning of \(x\!\) into \(y.\!\) It is possible that the next time we check in with CSP we will have to adjust our sense of direction, but that will be an easy enough bridge to cross when we come to it.

To construct the regular representations of \(S_3,~\!\) we begin with the data of its operation table:

\(\text{Symmetric Group}~ S_3\!\)
Symmetric Group S(3).jpg

Just by way of staying clear about what we are doing, let's return to the recipe that we worked out before:

It is part of the definition of a group that the 3-adic relation \(L \subseteq G^3\!\) is actually a function \(L : G \times G \to G.\!\) It is from this functional perspective that we can see an easy way to derive the two regular representations.

Since we have a function of the type \(L : G \times G \to G,\!\) we can define a couple of substitution operators:

1. \(\mathrm{Sub}(x, (\underline{~~}, y))\!\) puts any specified \(x\!\) into the empty slot of the rheme \((\underline{~~}, y),\!\) with the effect of producing the saturated rheme \((x, y)\!\) that evaluates to \(xy.~\!\)
2. \(\mathrm{Sub}(x, (y, \underline{~~}))\!\) puts any specified \(x\!\) into the empty slot of the rheme \((y, \underline{~~}),\!\) with the effect of producing the saturated rheme \((y, x)\!\) that evaluates to \(yx.~\!\)

In (1) we consider the effects of each \(x\!\) in its practical bearing on contexts of the form \((\underline{~~}, y),\!\) as \(y\!\) ranges over \(G,\!\) and the effects are such that \(x\!\) takes \((\underline{~~}, y)\!\) into \(xy,\!\) for \(y\!\) in \(G,\!\) all of which is notated as \(x = \{ (y : xy) ~|~ y \in G \}.\!\) The pairs \((y : xy)\!\) can be found by picking an \(x\!\) from the left margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each \(y\!\) in turn as these run along the right margin. This produces the regular ante-representation of \(S_3,\!\) like so:

\(\begin{array}{*{13}{c}} \mathrm{e} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{i} & + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{j} \\[4pt] \mathrm{f} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{j} & + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{i} \\[4pt] \mathrm{g} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{i} & + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{j} & + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{h} \\[4pt] \mathrm{h} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{i} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{j} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{g} \\[4pt] \mathrm{i} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{i} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{j} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{f} \\[4pt] \mathrm{j} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{j} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{i} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{e} \end{array}\!\)

In (2) we consider the effects of each \(x\!\) in its practical bearing on contexts of the form \((y, \underline{~~}),\!\) as \(y\!\) ranges over \(G,\!\) and the effects are such that \(x\!\) takes \((y, \underline{~~})\!\) into \(yx,\!\) for \(y\!\) in \(G,\!\) all of which is notated as \(x = \{ (y : yx) ~|~ y \in G \}.\!\) The pairs \((y : yx)\!\) can be found by picking an \(x\!\) on the right margin of the group operation table and considering its effects on each \(y\!\) in turn as these run along the left margin. This produces the regular post-representation of \(S_3,\!\) like so:

\(\begin{array}{*{13}{c}} \mathrm{e} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{i} & + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{j} \\[4pt] \mathrm{f} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{i} & + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{j} & + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{h} \\[4pt] \mathrm{g} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{j} & + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{i} \\[4pt] \mathrm{h} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{j} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{i} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{f} \\[4pt] \mathrm{i} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{i} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{j} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{e} & + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{g} \\[4pt] \mathrm{j} & = & \mathrm{e}\!:\!\mathrm{j} & + & \mathrm{f}\!:\!\mathrm{i} & + & \mathrm{g}\!:\!\mathrm{h} & + & \mathrm{h}\!:\!\mathrm{g} & + & \mathrm{i}\!:\!\mathrm{f} & + & \mathrm{j}\!:\!\mathrm{e} \end{array}\!\)

If the ante-rep looks different from the post-rep, it is just as it should be, as \(S_3~\!\) is non-abelian (non-commutative), and so the two representations differ in the details of their practical effects, though, of course, being representations of the same abstract group, they must be isomorphic.

 

the way of heaven and earth
is to be long continued
in their operation
without stopping

  — i ching, hexagram 32

The Reader may be wondering what happened to the announced subject of Dynamics And Logic. What happened was a bit like this:

We made the observation that the shift operators \(\{ \mathrm{E}_{ij} \}\!\) form a transformation group that acts on the set of propositions of the form \(f : \mathbb{B} \times \mathbb{B} \to \mathbb{B}.\!\) Group theory is a very attractive subject, but it did not draw us so far from our intended course as one might initially think. For one thing, groups, especially the groups that are named after the Norwegian mathematician Marius Sophus Lie (1842–1899), have turned out to be of critical utility in the solution of differential equations. For another thing, group operations provide us with an ample supply of triadic relations that have been extremely well-studied over the years, and thus they give us no small measure of useful guidance in the study of sign relations, another brand of 3-adic relations that have significance for logical studies, and in our acquaintance with which we have barely begun to break the ice. Finally, I couldn't resist taking up the links between group representations, amounting to the very archetypes of logical models, and the pragmatic maxim.

We've seen a couple of groups, \(V_4\!\) and \(S_3,\!\) represented in various ways, and we've seen their representations presented in a variety of different manners. Let us look at one other stylistic variant for presenting a representation that is frequently seen, the so-called matrix representation of a group.

Recalling the manner of our acquaintance with the symmetric group \(S_3,\!\) we began with the bigraph (bipartite graph) picture of its natural representation as the set of all permutations or substitutions on the set \(X = \{ a, b, c \}.\!\)


\(\text{Permutation Substitutions in}~ \mathrm{Sym} \{ a, b, c \}\!\)
\(\mathrm{e}\!\) \(\mathrm{f}\!\) \(\mathrm{g}\!\) \(\mathrm{h}\!\) \(\mathrm{i}~\!\) \(\mathrm{j}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] a & b & c \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] c & a & b \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] b & c & a \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] a & c & b \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] c & b & a \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} a & b & c \\[3pt] \downarrow & \downarrow & \downarrow \\[6pt] b & a & c \end{matrix}\!\)


These permutations were then converted to relative form as logical sums of elementary relatives:

\(\begin{matrix} \mathrm{e} & = & a\!:\!a & + & b\!:\!b & + & c\!:\!c \\[4pt] \mathrm{f} & = & a\!:\!c & + & b\!:\!a & + & c\!:\!b \\[4pt] \mathrm{g} & = & a\!:\!b & + & b\!:\!c & + & c\!:\!a \\[4pt] \mathrm{h} & = & a\!:\!a & + & b\!:\!c & + & c\!:\!b \\[4pt] \mathrm{i} & = & a\!:\!c & + & b\!:\!b & + & c\!:\!a \\[4pt] \mathrm{j} & = & a\!:\!b & + & b\!:\!a & + & c\!:\!c \end{matrix}\!\)

From the relational representation of \(\mathrm{Sym} \{ a, b, c \} \cong S_3,\!\) one easily derives a linear representation of the group by viewing each permutation as a linear transformation that maps the elements of a suitable vector space onto each other. Each of these linear transformations is in turn represented by a 2-dimensional array of coefficients in \(\mathbb{B},\!\) resulting in the following set of matrices for the group:


\(\text{Matrix Representations of Permutations in}~ \mathrm{Sym}(3)\!\)
\(\mathrm{e}\!\) \(\mathrm{f}\!\) \(\mathrm{g}\!\) \(\mathrm{h}\!\) \(\mathrm{i}~\!\) \(\mathrm{j}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} 1 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 1 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{matrix}~\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} 0 & 0 & 1 \\ 1 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 1 & 0 \end{matrix}~\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} 0 & 1 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \\ 1 & 0 & 0 \end{matrix}\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} 1 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \\ 0 & 1 & 0 \end{matrix}~\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} 0 & 0 & 1 \\ 0 & 1 & 0 \\ 1 & 0 & 0 \end{matrix}~\!\)

\(\begin{matrix} 0 & 1 & 0 \\ 1 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{matrix}~\!\)


The key to the mysteries of these matrices is revealed by observing that their coefficient entries are arrayed and overlaid on a place-mat marked like so:

\(\begin{bmatrix} a\!:\!a & a\!:\!b & a\!:\!c \\ b\!:\!a & b\!:\!b & b\!:\!c \\ c\!:\!a & c\!:\!b & c\!:\!c \end{bmatrix}\!\)

Quick Review : Field Picture

Let us summarize, in rough but intuitive terms, the outlook on differential logic that we have reached so far. We've been considering a class of operators on universes of discourse, each of which takes us from considering one universe of discourse, \(X^\circ,\!\) to considering a larger universe of discourse, \(\mathrm{E}X^\circ.\!\) An operator \(\mathrm{W}\!\) of this general type, namely, \(\mathrm{W} : X^\circ \to \mathrm{E}X^\circ,\!\) acts on each proposition \(f : X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) of the source universe \({X^\circ}\!\) to produce a proposition \(\mathrm{W}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) of the target universe \(\mathrm{E}X^\circ.\!\)

The two main operators that we've examined so far are the enlargement or shift operator \(\mathrm{E} : X^\circ \to \mathrm{E}X^\circ\!\) and the difference operator \(\mathrm{D} : X^\circ \to \mathrm{E}X^\circ.\!\) The operators \(\mathrm{E}\!\) and \(\mathrm{D}\!\) act on propositions in \(X^\circ,\!\) that is, propositions of the form \(f : X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) that are said to be about the subject matter of \(X,\!\) and they produce extended propositions of the forms \(\mathrm{E}f, \mathrm{D}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B},\!\) propositions whose extended sets of variables allow them to be read as being about specified collections of changes that conceivably occur in \(X.\!\)

At this point we find ourselves in need of visual representations, suitable arrays of concrete pictures to anchor our more earthy intuitions and to help us keep our wits about us as we venture higher into the ever more rarefied air of abstractions.

One good picture comes to us by way of the field concept. Given a space \(X,\!\) a field of a specified type \(Y\!\) over \(X\!\) is formed by associating with each point of \(X\!\) an object of type \(Y.\!\) If that sounds like the same thing as a function from \(X\!\) to the space of things of type \(Y\!\) — it is nothing but — and yet it does seem helpful to vary the mental images and to take advantage of the figures of speech that spring to mind under the emblem of this field idea.

In the field picture a proposition \(f : X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) becomes a scalar field, that is, a field of values in \(\mathbb{B}.\!\)

For example, consider the logical conjunction \(pq : X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) that is shown in the following venn diagram:

Field Picture PQ Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Conjunction}~ pq : X \to \mathbb{B}\!\)

Each of the operators \(\mathrm{E}, \mathrm{D} : X^\circ \to \mathrm{E}X^\circ\!\) takes us from considering propositions \(f : X \to \mathbb{B},\!\) here viewed as scalar fields over \(X,\!\) to considering the corresponding differential fields over \(X,\!\) analogous to what are usually called vector fields over \(X.\!\)

The structure of these differential fields can be described this way. With each point of \(X\!\) there is associated an object of the following type: a proposition about changes in \(X,\!\) that is, a proposition \(g : \mathrm{d}X \to \mathbb{B}.\!\) In this frame of reference, if \({X^\circ}\!\) is the universe that is generated by the set of coordinate propositions \(\{ p, q \},\!\) then \(\mathrm{d}X^\circ\!\) is the differential universe that is generated by the set of differential propositions \(\{ \mathrm{d}p, \mathrm{d}q \}.\!\) These differential propositions may be interpreted as indicating \({}^{\backprime\backprime} \text{change in}\, p \, {}^{\prime\prime}\!\) and \({}^{\backprime\backprime} \text{change in}\, q \, {}^{\prime\prime},\!\) respectively.

A differential operator \(\mathrm{W},\!\) of the first order class that we have been considering, takes a proposition \(f : X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) and gives back a differential proposition \(\mathrm{W}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.\!\) In the field view, we see the proposition \(f : X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) as a scalar field and we see the differential proposition \(\mathrm{W}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) as a vector field, specifically, a field of propositions about contemplated changes in \(X.\!\)

The field of changes produced by \(\mathrm{E}\!\) on \(pq\!\) is shown in the next venn diagram:

Field Picture PQ Enlargement Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Enlargement}~ \mathrm{E}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!\)

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} \mathrm{E}(pq) & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~} \end{array}\!\)

The differential field \(\mathrm{E}(pq)\!\) specifies the changes that need to be made from each point of \(X\!\) in order to reach one of the models of the proposition \(pq,\!\) that is, in order to satisfy the proposition \(pq.\!\)

The field of changes produced by \(\mathrm{D}\!\) on \(pq\!\) is shown in the following venn diagram:

Field Picture PQ Difference Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Difference}~ \mathrm{D}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}~\!\)

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} \mathrm{D}(pq) & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{(} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(}q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \end{array}\!\)

The differential field \(\mathrm{D}(pq)\!\) specifies the changes that need to be made from each point of \(X\!\) in order to feel a change in the felt value of the field \(pq.\!\)

Proposition and Tacit Extension

Now that we've introduced the field picture as an aid to thinking about propositions and their analytic series, a very pleasing way of picturing the relationships among a proposition \(f : X \to \mathbb{B},\!\) its enlargement or shift map \(\mathrm{E}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B},\!\) and its difference map \(\mathrm{D}f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) can now be drawn.

To illustrate this possibility, let's return to the differential analysis of the conjunctive proposition \(f(p, q) = pq,\!\) giving the development a slightly different twist at the appropriate point.

The next venn diagram shows once again the proposition \(pq,\!\) which we now view as a scalar field — analogous to a potential hill in physics, but in logic tantamount to a potential plateau — where the shaded region indicates an elevation of 1 and the unshaded region indicates an elevation of 0.

Field Picture PQ Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Proposition}~ pq : X \to \mathbb{B}\!\)

Given a proposition \(f : X \to \mathbb{B},\!\) the tacit extension of \(f\!\) to \(\mathrm{E}X\!\) is denoted \(\boldsymbol\varepsilon f : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}~\!\) and defined by the equation \(\boldsymbol\varepsilon f = f,\!\) so it's really just the same proposition residing in a bigger universe. Tacit extensions formalize the intuitive idea that a function on a particular set of variables can be extended to a function on a superset of those variables in such a way that the new function obeys the same constraints on the old variables, with a "don't care" condition on the new variables.

The tacit extension of the scalar field \(pq : X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) to the differential field \(\boldsymbol\varepsilon (pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) is shown in the following venn diagram:

Field Picture PQ Tacit Extension Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Tacit Extension}~ \boldsymbol\varepsilon (pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}~\!\)

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} \boldsymbol\varepsilon (pq) & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~} \end{array}\!\)

Enlargement and Difference Maps

Continuing with the example \(pq : X \to \mathbb{B},\!\) the next venn diagram shows the enlargement or shift map \(\mathrm{E}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) in the same style of differential field picture that we drew for the tacit extension \(\boldsymbol\varepsilon (pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.\!\)

Field Picture PQ Enlargement Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Enlargement Map}~ \mathrm{E}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!\)

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} \mathrm{E}(pq) & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~} \end{array}\!\)

A very important conceptual transition has just occurred here, almost tacitly, as it were. Generally speaking, having a set of mathematical objects of compatible types, in this case the two differential fields \(\boldsymbol\varepsilon f\!\) and \(\mathrm{E}f,\!\) both of the type \(\mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B},\!\) is very useful, because it allows us to consider these fields as integral mathematical objects that can be operated on and combined in the ways that we usually associate with algebras.

In this case one notices that the tacit extension \(\boldsymbol\varepsilon f\!\) and the enlargement \(\mathrm{E}f\!\) are in a certain sense dual to each other. The tacit extension \(\boldsymbol\varepsilon f\!\) indicates all the arrows out of the region where \(f\!\) is true and the enlargement \(\mathrm{E}f\!\) indicates all the arrows into the region where \(f\!\) is true. The only arc they have in common is the no-change loop \(\texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)}\!\) at \(pq.\!\) If we add the two sets of arcs in mod 2 fashion then the loop of multiplicity 2 zeroes out, leaving the 6 arrows of \(\mathrm{D}(pq) = \boldsymbol\varepsilon(pq) + \mathrm{E}(pq)\!\) that are illustrated below:

Field Picture PQ Difference Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Difference Map}~ \mathrm{D}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!\)

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} \mathrm{D}(pq) & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{(} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(}q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \end{array}\!\)

Tangent and Remainder Maps

If we follow the classical line that singles out linear functions as ideals of simplicity, then we may complete the analytic series of the proposition \(f = pq : X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) in the following way.

The next venn diagram shows the differential proposition \(\mathrm{d}f = \mathrm{d}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) that we get by extracting the cell-wise linear approximation to the difference map \(\mathrm{D}f = \mathrm{D}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}.\!\) This is the logical analogue of what would ordinarily be called the differential of \(pq,\!\) but since I've been attaching the adjective differential to just about everything in sight, the distinction tends to be lost. For the time being, I'll resort to using the alternative name tangent map for \(\mathrm{d}f.\!\)

Field Picture PQ Differential Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Tangent Map}~ \mathrm{d}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!\)

Just to be clear about what's being indicated here, it's a visual way of summarizing the following data:

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} \mathrm{d}(pq) & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{,} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \mathrm{d}q \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot & \mathrm{d}p \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & 0 \end{array}\!\)

To understand the extended interpretations, that is, the conjunctions of basic and differential features that are being indicated here, it may help to note the following equivalences:

\(\begin{matrix} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{,} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} & = & \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} & + & \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~} \\[4pt] dp & = & \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~} & + & \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{)} \\[4pt] \mathrm{d}q & = & \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{~} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~} & + & \texttt{(} \mathrm{d}p \texttt{)} \texttt{~} \mathrm{d}q \texttt{~} \end{matrix}\!\)

Capping the series that analyzes the proposition \(pq\!\) in terms of succeeding orders of linear propositions, the final venn diagram in this series shows the remainder map \(\mathrm{r}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B},\!\) that happens to be linear in pairs of variables.

Field Picture PQ Remainder Conjunction.jpg
\(\text{Remainder Map}~ \mathrm{r}(pq) : \mathrm{E}X \to \mathbb{B}\!\)

Reading the arrows off the map produces the following data:

\(\begin{array}{rcccccc} \mathrm{r}(pq) & = & p & \cdot & q & \cdot & \mathrm{d}p ~ \mathrm{d}q \\[4pt] & + & p & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \mathrm{d}p ~ \mathrm{d}q \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & q & \cdot & \mathrm{d}p ~ \mathrm{d}q \\[4pt] & + & \texttt{(} p \texttt{)} & \cdot & \texttt{(} q \texttt{)} & \cdot & \mathrm{d}p ~ \mathrm{d}q \end{array}\!\)

In short, \(\mathrm{r}(pq)\!\) is a constant field, having the value \(\mathrm{d}p~\mathrm{d}q\!\) at each cell.

Least Action Operators

We have been contemplating functions of the type \(f : X \to \mathbb{B}\!\) and studying the action of the operators \(\mathrm{E}\!\) and \(\mathrm{D}\!\) on this family. These functions, that we may identify for our present aims with propositions, inasmuch as they capture their abstract forms, are logical analogues of scalar potential fields. These are the sorts of fields that are so picturesquely presented in elementary calculus and physics textbooks by images of snow-covered hills and parties of skiers who trek down their slopes like least action heroes. The analogous scene in propositional logic presents us with forms more reminiscent of plateaunic idylls, being all plains at one of two levels, the mesas of verity and falsity, as it were, with nary a niche to inhabit between them, restricting our options for a sporting gradient of downhill dynamics to just one of two: standing still on level ground or falling off a bluff.

We are still working well within the logical analogue of the classical finite difference calculus, taking in the novelties that the logical transmutation of familiar elements is able to bring to light. Soon we will take up several different notions of approximation relationships that may be seen to organize the space of propositions, and these will allow us to define several different forms of differential analysis applying to propositions. In time we will find reason to consider more general types of maps, having concrete types of the form \(X_1 \times \ldots \times X_k \to Y_1 \times \ldots \times Y_n\!\) and abstract types \(\mathbb{B}^k \to \mathbb{B}^n.\!\) We will think of these mappings as transforming universes of discourse into themselves or into others, in short, as transformations of discourse.

Before we continue with this intinerary, however, I would like to highlight another sort of differential aspect that concerns the boundary operator or the marked connective that serves as one of the two basic connectives in the cactus language for zeroth order logic.

For example, consider the proposition \(f\!\) of concrete type \(f : P \times Q \times R \to \mathbb{B}\!\) and abstract type \(f : \mathbb{B}^3 \to \mathbb{B}\!\) that is written \(\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}\!\) in cactus syntax. Taken as an assertion in what Peirce called the existential interpretation, the proposition \(\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}\!\) says that just one of \(p, q, r\!\) is false. It is instructive to consider this assertion in relation to the logical conjunction \(pqr\!\) of the same propositions. A venn diagram of \(\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}\!\) looks like this:

Minimal Negation Operator (P,Q,R) ISW.jpg

In relation to the center cell indicated by the conjunction \(pqr,\!\) the region indicated by \(\texttt{(} p, q, r \texttt{)}\!\) is comprised of the adjacent or bordering cells. Thus they are the cells that are just across the boundary of the center cell, reached as if by way of Leibniz's minimal changes from the point of origin, in this case, \(pqr.~\!\)

More generally speaking, in a \(k\!\)-dimensional universe of discourse that is based on the alphabet of features \(\mathcal{X} = \{ x_1, \ldots, x_k \},\!\) the same form of boundary relationship is manifested for any cell of origin that one chooses to indicate. One way to indicate a cell is by forming a logical conjunction of positive and negative basis features, that is, by constructing an expression of the form \(e_1 \cdot \ldots \cdot e_k,\!\) where \(e_j = x_j ~\text{or}~ e_j = \texttt{(} x_j \texttt{)},\!\) for \(j = 1 ~\text{to}~ k.\!\) The proposition \(\texttt{(} e_1, \ldots, e_k \texttt{)}\!\) indicates the disjunctive region consisting of the cells that are just next door to \(e_1 \cdot \ldots \cdot e_k.\!\)

Goal-Oriented Systems

I want to continue developing the basic tools of differential logic, which arose from exploring the connections between dynamics and logic, but I also wanted to give some hint of the applications that have motivated this work all along. One of these applications is to cybernetic systems, whether we see these systems as agents or cultures, individuals or species, organisms or organizations.

A cybernetic system has goals and actions for reaching them. It has a state space \(X,\!\) giving us all of the states that the system can be in, plus it has a goal space \(G \subseteq X,\!\) the set of states that the system “likes” to be in, in other words, the distinguished subset of possible states where the system is regarded as living, surviving, or thriving, depending on the type of goal that one has in mind for the system in question. As for actions, there is to begin with the full set \(\mathcal{T}\!\) of all possible actions, each of which is a transformation of the form \(T : X \to X,\!\) but a given cybernetic system will most likely have but a subset of these actions available to it at any given time. And even if we begin by thinking of actions in very general and very global terms, as arbitrarily complex transformations acting on the whole state space \(X,\!\) we quickly find a need to analyze and approximate them in terms of simple transformations acting locally. The preferred measure of “simplicity” will of course vary from one paradigm of research to another.

A generic enough picture at this stage of the game, and one that will remind us of these fundamental features of the cybernetic system even as things get far more complex, is afforded by Figure 23.

o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
|                                                                     |
|   X                                                                 |
|            o-------------------o                                    |
|           /                     \                                   |
|          /                       \                                  |
|         /                         \                                 |
|        /                           \                                |
|       /                             \                               |
|      /                               \                              |
|     /                                 \                             |
|    o                 G                 o                            |
|    |                                   |                            |
|    |                                   |                            |
|    |                                   |                            |
|    |                        o<---------T---------o                  |
|    |                                   |                            |
|    |                                   |                            |
|    |                                   |                            |
|    o                                   o                            |
|     \                                 /                             |
|      \                               /                              |
|       \                             /                               |
|        \                           /                                |
|         \                         /                                 |
|          \                       /                                  |
|           \                     /                                   |
|            o-------------------o                                    |
|                                                                     |
|                                                                     |
o---------------------------------------------------------------------o
Figure 23.  Elements of a Cybernetic System

Further Reading

A more detailed presentation of Differential Logic can be found here:

Document History

Differential Logic • Ontology List 2002

  1. http://web.archive.org/web/20140406040004/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04040.html
  2. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612001949/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04041.html
  3. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010502/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04045.html
  4. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612005212/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04046.html
  5. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612001954/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04047.html
  6. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010620/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04048.html
  7. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010550/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04052.html
  8. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010724/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04054.html
  9. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612000847/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04055.html
  10. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612001959/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04067.html
  11. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010507/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04068.html
  12. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612002014/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04069.html
  13. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010701/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04070.html
  14. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612003540/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04072.html
  15. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612005229/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04073.html
  16. http://web.archive.org/web/20110610153117/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04074.html
  17. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010555/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04077.html
  18. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612001918/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04079.html
  19. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612005244/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04080.html
  20. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612005249/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04268.html
  21. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010626/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04269.html
  22. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612000853/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04272.html
  23. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612010514/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04273.html
  24. http://web.archive.org/web/20110612002235/http://suo.ieee.org/ontology/msg04290.html

Dynamics And Logic • Inquiry List 2004

  1. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001400.html
  2. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001401.html
  3. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001402.html
  4. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001403.html
  5. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001404.html
  6. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001405.html
  7. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001406.html
  8. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001407.html
  9. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001408.html
  10. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001410.html
  11. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001411.html
  12. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001412.html
  13. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001413.html
  14. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001415.html
  15. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001416.html
  16. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001418.html
  17. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001419.html
  18. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001420.html
  19. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001421.html
  20. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001422.html
  21. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001423.html
  22. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-May/001424.html
  23. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001685.html
  24. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001686.html
  25. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001687.html
  26. http://stderr.org/pipermail/inquiry/2004-July/001688.html

Dynamics And Logic • NKS Forum 2004

  1. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1282#post1282
  2. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1285#post1285
  3. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1289#post1289
  4. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1292#post1292
  5. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1293#post1293
  6. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1294#post1294
  7. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1296#post1296
  8. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1299#post1299
  9. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1301#post1301
  10. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1304#post1304
  11. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1307#post1307
  12. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1309#post1309
  13. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1311#post1311
  14. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1314#post1314
  15. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1315#post1315
  16. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1318#post1318
  17. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1321#post1321
  18. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1323#post1323
  19. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1326#post1326
  20. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1327#post1327
  21. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1330#post1330
  22. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1331#post1331
  23. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1598#post1598
  24. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1601#post1601
  25. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1602#post1602
  26. http://forum.wolframscience.com/showthread.php?postid=1603#post1603